summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-14 20:07:18 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-14 20:07:18 -0700
commit00fff835bae660dc068614bc1a0793106027ec4f (patch)
tree89ebae2f23b01a27485bafa3cb6a16f1eac8fcd9
initial commit of ebook 37145HEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--37145-h.zipbin0 -> 162066 bytes
-rw-r--r--37145-h/37145-h.htm5646
-rw-r--r--37145-h/images/001_1.jpgbin0 -> 78828 bytes
-rw-r--r--37145-h/images/cover_1.jpgbin0 -> 12298 bytes
-rw-r--r--37145.txt3308
-rw-r--r--37145.zipbin0 -> 66609 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
9 files changed, 8970 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/37145-h.zip b/37145-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7781a2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37145-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/37145-h/37145-h.htm b/37145-h/37145-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7c48a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37145-h/37145-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5646 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Image and The Likeness, by John Scott Campbell.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+ p { margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+
+ h1 { text-align : center;
+ line-height : 2;
+ margin-bottom : 2em;
+ margin-top : 2em;
+ }
+
+ h2 { text-align : center;
+ line-height : 1;
+ margin-bottom : 2em;
+ margin-top : 2em;
+ }
+
+ hr.r15 {width: 15%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+ hr.r65 {width: 65%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+ body{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+
+ .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+ } /* page numbers */
+
+ .extraspacetop {padding-top: 2em; }
+ .extraspacebot {padding-bottom: 2em; }
+
+ .cap:first-letter {float: left; clear: left; margin: -0.2em 0.1em 0; margin-top: 0%;
+ padding: 0; line-height: .75em; font-size: 300%; text-align: justify;}
+
+ .blockquote {margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%;}
+
+ .center {text-align: center;}
+
+ .caption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+ .figcenter {margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: center;}
+
+
+
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The Image and the Likeness, by John Scott Campbell
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Image and the Likeness
+
+Author: John Scott Campbell
+
+Release Date: August 21, 2011 [EBook #37145]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE IMAGE AND THE LIKENESS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Greg Weeks, Dianna Adair and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/cover_1.jpg" width="150" height="220" alt="Cover" title="Cover" /><br />
+<span class="caption">Cover</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter extraspacetop">
+<img src="images/001_1.jpg" width="300" height="444" alt="We stared&mdash;frozen&mdash;at the great face above us." title="" /><br />
+<span class="caption">We stared&mdash;frozen&mdash;at the great face above us.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<div class="blockquote extraspacetop"><i>Up from the horror of Hiroshima came a
+god. He gave the people hope and for this
+they killed him&mdash;as they have always killed
+their gods.</i></div>
+
+
+
+<hr class="r65" />
+<h1>THE IMAGE<br />
+and<br />
+THE LIKENESS<br />
+
+<small>By John Scott Campbell</small></h1>
+
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> SHANGHAI had changed. We
+sensed that the moment we
+came ashore. Extraterritoriality
+was long gone; we had known that,
+of course. The days of exploitation,
+of clubs where Chinese and Burmese
+and Indian servants waited
+on Britons and Americans were
+passed. Pan-Asia had seen to that.
+This was 1965. The white man's
+burden in the east had been upon
+brown and yellow shoulders for
+over sixteen years now, and the Indians
+and Burmese and Indonesians
+were ruling themselves, after their
+fling at communism in the fifties.</div>
+
+<p>The initial bitterness which followed
+the debacle of 1955 had
+passed, we were glad to see. Porters
+no longer spat in the faces of white
+men. They were polite, but we had
+not been in the city a half hour before
+we sensed something else.
+There was an edge to that politeness.
+It was as Major Reid had
+written before we left San Francisco&mdash;a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span>
+subtle change had come
+over Asia in the previous few years.
+They smiled&mdash;they waited on us&mdash;they
+bent over backwards to atone
+for the excesses of the first years of
+freedom from foreign rule; but
+through it all was an air of aloofness,
+of superior knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>Baker put it in his typically blunt
+British way.</p>
+
+<p>"The blighters have something
+up their sleeves, all right. The
+whole crew of them. Did you notice
+that rickshaw boy? When I said
+to take us to the hotel, he answered
+'Yes, today I take you'. The Major
+was right&mdash;there's something in the
+wind, and it's damned serious."</p>
+
+<p>We were sitting, surrounded by
+our luggage, in our suite at the New
+China Hotel. There were four of
+us: Llewelyn Baker, Walter
+Chamberlin, Robert Martin, and
+myself, William Cady. Baker
+and Martin were anthropologists,
+and old China hands as well.
+Chamberlin was a geologist, and I
+claimed knowledge of zoology. We
+were here ostensibly as a scientific
+expedition, and had permission
+from the Republic of East Asia to
+do some work on Celebese man,
+following up the discoveries by
+Rance of bones and artifacts on
+that East Indian island in 1961.</p>
+
+<p>We had another reason for coming
+at this particular time, although
+this was not mentioned to the authorities.
+Our real objective was to
+find out certain things about New
+Buddhism, the violently nationalistic
+religion which was sweeping
+Pan-Asia.</p>
+
+<p>New Buddhism was more than
+a religion. It was a motivating force
+of such power that men like Major
+Reid at the American Embassy
+were frankly worried, and had communicated
+their fears to their home
+governments. The Pan-Asia movement
+had, at first, been understandable.
+At first it had been nationalism,
+pure and simple. The Asiatics
+were tired of exploitation and
+western bungling, and wanted to
+rule themselves. During the communist
+honeymoon in the early
+fifties, it was partly underground
+and partly taken over by the Reds
+for their own purposes. But through
+everything it retained a character
+of its own, and after '55 it reappeared
+as a growing force which
+was purely oriental. Or at least so
+it seemed. Our job was, among
+other things, to find out if Russian
+control was really destroyed.</p>
+
+<p>We had already made several observations.
+The most obvious was
+the number of priests. Yellow
+robed Buddhist priests had always
+been common, begging rice and
+coppers in the streets, but in 1955
+a new kind appeared. He was
+younger than his predecessors, and
+was usually an ex-soldier. And his
+technique was different. He was a
+salesman. "Rice&mdash;rice for Buddha,"
+he would say. "Rice for the Living
+Buddha, to give him strength. Rice
+for the Great One, that he may
+grow mighty. Rice for the strength
+to cast off our bonds."</p>
+
+<p>And they had organization. This
+wasn't any hit or miss revival,
+started by a crackpot, or by some
+schemer for his own enrichment.
+There was direction back of it, and
+very good direction too. We sensed
+that it had been Japanese, at least<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span>
+at the start, but with the end of the
+occupation, we could no longer
+barge in and investigate officially.
+Now there were treaties to respect,
+and diplomatic procedure and all
+that sort of thing.</p>
+
+<p>Instead, we were here to spy.
+Unofficially, of course. The ambassador
+was very explicit on that
+point. We were strictly on our own.
+If we were caught, there could be
+no protection. So here we were.
+Four scientists investigating Celebese
+man, and trying to find out,
+on the side, just what was back of
+New Buddhism.</p>
+
+<p>We washed up, had dinner, and
+presently, as we had expected,
+Major Reid called. After a few
+jocular references to anthropology,
+for the benefit of the waiter, he
+got down to business.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll have to be brief," he said,
+"because I can't spend too much
+time with you without stirring up
+suspicion. You all know the background.
+They claim that this business
+is simply a new religion, a revival
+of Buddhism modeled to fit
+new conditions. President Tung
+claims that there is no connection
+between it and the state. We think
+differently. We have reason to believe
+that the direction back of this
+movement is communism, and that
+its ultimate object is military attack
+on the western world. What
+we don't know is the nature of the
+proposed attack. Some of us suspect
+that they are making H-bombs, and
+have covered up so that we cannot
+spot them. That's what we must
+find out.</p>
+
+<p>"The headquarters of New Buddhism
+is on a small volcanic island
+called Yat, off the east coast of
+Celebes. Your job is to reach that
+island and find out what's going
+on, and then bring the information
+back. Clear?"</p>
+
+<p>We nodded. We had received a
+similar briefing in Washington, and
+from a far more distinguished personage
+than Major Reid, but we
+felt no need of mentioning this. In
+such a business, gratuitous information,
+even to friends, serves no useful
+end.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> OUR INFORMANT in Washington
+had told us a good
+many other things, too. In the
+name of New Buddhism, the priests
+had been collecting immense quantities
+of supplies, and on an increasing scale.
+Tons of foodstuffs had
+been gathered and then shipped off
+to an unknown destination. Machinery,
+lumber, structural steel,
+canvas by the thousands of yards
+had been purchased, loaded onto
+ships and barges, and spirited away.
+It appeared that the New Buddhists
+were maintaining a standing army,
+or perhaps a labor force somewhere
+east of Borneo, but the picture was
+very incomplete.</div>
+
+<p>Part of the failure of ordinary
+methods of intelligence may have
+been due to the supersecrecy of the
+New Buddhists themselves. It was
+not difficult to corrupt priests on
+the lower levels, but all they knew
+was that certain quotas of food
+and materials were set for their territory,
+which were then shipped
+away to Borneo.</p>
+
+<p>The big break had come only a
+few months ago. One of the OSS<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span>
+men got through to a barge captain,
+who had been to the headquarters
+itself. He identified the location as
+an island a few miles off the northeast
+coast of Celebes. It was, he
+said, highly mountainous&mdash;in fact
+he believed it to be an extinct volcano,
+with a water filled crater
+reached only by a narrow passage
+from the sea. Boats, he said, could
+go in and out, but his barge was
+not among those permitted. He delivered
+his cargo, three thousand
+tons of rice and five thousand raw
+hides, and was then sent on his
+way. Under questioning, he said
+that there were many people living
+on the island&mdash;thousands at least.
+Most of them lived in barracks
+among the trees fronting the ocean,
+but some had special privileges and
+were allowed to go to the top of the
+crater rim.</p>
+
+<p>Of the activities within the crater
+our informant knew nothing. At
+night the clouds were often lit by
+reflections from there, and once
+he had heard noises, accompanied
+by a distinct shaking of the earth,
+as though blasting were being done
+at a great depth.</p>
+
+<p>This was the extent of our
+knowledge. We knew the location,
+but it was up to us to find out the
+rest.</p>
+
+<p>Our departure from Shanghai
+for the great island of Celebes involved
+the usual exasperation of delay
+and red tape. The American
+Embassy did everything possible to
+expedite matters, and brought a little
+pressure to bear, I think, on the
+strength of the then impending
+American Sixth Loan to China. In
+any case we were at last cleared,
+and boarded the plane for Celebes.</p>
+
+<p>We took one of the six place
+compartments on the upper deck,
+and presently had company in the
+form of two yellow-clad New Buddhist
+priests. Baker, who had the
+best command of Chinese, engaged
+them in conversation.</p>
+
+<p>As we had expected, they were
+very willing to talk, and displayed
+a lively interest in Celebes man.
+That they were here to watch us
+was obvious. Baker bided his time,
+and then switched the conversation
+to New Buddhism. On this subject
+too the priests were anything but
+reticent. They described with enthusiasm
+the great spiritual renaissance
+that was sweeping all Asia
+"like a wind, the breath of life
+from the Living Buddha." Baker
+asked a few questions about the
+Buddha, since to show no curiosity
+about such a life subject might excite
+suspicion. The priests were
+ready for them, and gave what was
+evidently the stock answer: the
+Living Buddha was the very incarnation
+of Gautama himself, a
+spiritual leader who was being
+groomed to take over the guidance
+of all mankind, in east and west
+alike.</p>
+
+<p>"Where does the Great One
+live?" asked Baker, alert for a trap.</p>
+
+<p>"In Celebes, where you are going,"
+was the reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh," said Baker innocently,
+"Then perhaps it could be arranged
+for us to meet him?"</p>
+
+<p>This, explained the priest, was
+quite impossible. In due time
+Buddha would display himself for
+the world to see and marvel over;
+meanwhile, while his preparation<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span>
+was yet incomplete, he must remain
+in seclusion.</p>
+
+<p>By now convinced that the presence
+of the priests was no accident,
+Baker settled down to the sort of
+verbal sparring match that he enjoyed.
+He had been speaking in the
+Cantonese dialect, but now he abruptly
+switched to English.</p>
+
+<p>"You know," he remarked, "you
+fellows are using an amazing
+amount of material at your headquarters.
+Enough food to keep a
+good sized standing army."</p>
+
+<p>The two priests, who had professed
+ignorance of English at the
+start of the conversation, stiffened
+visibly. Baker returned to Chinese.</p>
+
+<p>The priests recovered their composure
+with some effort. The older
+replied suavely, "Gossip is a creative
+art. There is a large monastery
+at our central temple, and much is
+needed to maintain its activities."</p>
+
+<p>"Truth," said Baker pontifically,
+"is usually disappointing. The imagination
+changes a mud hut to a
+palace, and a sickly priest to a
+demigod."</p>
+
+<p>The two priests inclined their
+heads slightly at this. We watched
+their expressions. If Baker's purposely
+provoking language brought
+a reaction, it was not visible. But
+we had learned one thing: they
+spoke English but preferred that
+we did not know it.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> OUR ARRIVAL at New Macassar,
+the Indonesian capital
+of Celebes, was attended by the
+usual confusion and delay. Our
+Buddhist friends vanished with a
+speed which suggested special consideration,
+while the man from the
+American Consulate was still getting
+our equipment through customs.</div>
+
+<p>This business at length completed,
+we were escorted to a taxi
+by the attache and whisked up one
+of the wide avenues of the city
+without a question as to where we
+were to stay. Baker and Martin
+stared out the window with studied
+ease&mdash;they knew that something
+was up, but were content to await
+further developments. Now I noticed
+something else. The driver of
+our cab was a European, not a native.
+I started to frame a question,
+when, without warning, the car
+ducked into a side street, swung
+around two corners and abruptly
+entered an open doorway in a tall
+stucco building. Both Walt and I
+were half out of our seats in alarm,
+when our guide spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"The American Consulate, gentlemen,"
+he said, with the slightest
+trace of a diplomatic smile.</p>
+
+<p>The cab had stopped in the
+ground floor garage of the consulate,
+and opening the door was the
+consul himself.</p>
+
+<p>"Good morning, I'm Stimson.
+Hope Avery didn't give you too
+wild a ride, but I thought it best not
+to advertise my interest in you at
+the front door. Things have
+changed a bit in the last few days.
+Well, Avery will show you to your
+rooms. I'll be in the upstairs study
+when you're freshened up."</p>
+
+<p>There was little to speculate on
+as we shaved and changed to less
+rumpled clothes, but we worked
+over the available data for what it
+was worth.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Consul takes us in tow," remarked
+Chamberlin. "That isn't in
+line with the unofficial status so
+strongly impressed on us at Washington."</p>
+
+<p>"And sneaking us in through the
+back door isn't according to best
+diplomatic form, either. Stimson
+wants to protect us from something,
+but obviously doesn't want the local
+constabulary to know." This from
+Martin.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me," I ventured,
+"that they could check the hotels.
+It shouldn't take them long to put
+two and two together when we
+don't show. I'm blessed if I can see
+what Stimson has to gain from this
+maneuver."</p>
+
+<p>Baker turned from the mirror
+where he had been adjusting his
+tie. "Suppose we ask him," he commented.</p>
+
+<p>The consul was waiting for us in
+his study. After the briefest greeting
+which his official position permitted,
+he got down to business.</p>
+
+<p>"Gentlemen, I've had to pull a
+diplomatic boner of the first magnitude.
+I refer to the cloak and
+dagger method of getting you here.
+But believe me, it was the only way.
+They're onto your scheme. If you
+went to a hotel in New Macassar,
+you wouldn't be alive tomorrow
+morning."</p>
+
+<p>"But, the taxi&mdash;" began Martin.</p>
+
+<p>"It gave us a few hours. If I had
+sent the consulate car, they'd have
+us sealed off tight right now. I
+could keep you safe here, or get you
+on the Shanghai plane, but you
+couldn't make another move. As it
+is, we have perhaps two hours&mdash;with
+luck."</p>
+
+<p>The consul settled back in his
+chair, evidently gathering his
+thoughts. We waited, more mystified
+than before, if that were possible.
+At length Stimson started
+again.</p>
+
+<p>"You're well briefed on the general
+situation. Reid gave me the
+gist of his conversation. But there
+are some other things that even
+Reid doesn't know." He opened a
+folding blotter on his desk and
+drew out an eight by ten photographic
+print.</p>
+
+<p>"You're aware of the efforts that
+have been made to look into the
+crater on Yat. To date we have not
+succeeded in getting an eye witness
+to the rim. We have flown over
+Yat, of course, and have taken pictures
+from every altitude from
+5,000 to 70,000 feet, but so far they
+have outsmarted us. They have
+smoke generators all around the
+rim, which they fire up night and
+day whenever the natural clouds
+lift. We've used every color, including
+infra red. We've taken
+stereo pairs, and flash shots at night,
+but, with one exception, all we've
+ever gotten are beautiful pictures
+of clouds and smoke. The exception
+I have here. It was taken two
+weeks ago, during a brief break in
+a heavy storm. Before I say anything
+more, I'd like to have you
+look at it and form your own
+opinions."</p>
+
+<p>He placed the print on the desk,
+facing us, and leaned back while
+we four crowded around. My first
+glimpse was disappointing. Fully
+two thirds of the picture was occupied
+by clouds. But gradually I
+made out the details. There seemed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>
+to be several buildings of uncertain
+size in the lower part, and a fringe
+of brush extending up to the left.
+Half visible through the mist were
+several structures which seemed to
+me, in comparison to the larger
+buildings, like chicken houses or
+perhaps rabbit hutches. No humans
+were in sight, evidently because of
+the storm. But in the center of the
+picture was the thing which fixed
+our attention from the first, leaving
+the other details for later scrutiny.
+This was an immense human figure,
+lying on its side with the head pillowed
+on its hands in the attitude
+of the colossal figures of the reclining
+Buddha found in the mountains
+of China. The body was partly
+covered by a robe, but whether this
+was part of the figure or a canvas
+protection against the rain, was difficult
+to tell. Only the head, hands
+and feet showed. The face was
+partly in shadow, but enough could
+be seen to identify the typical
+Buddha countenance: closed eyes
+and lips curled in an enigmatic
+smile.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> WE STARED at this peculiar
+picture for a good minute,
+taking in the details, while Stimson
+watched us. Then Baker looked up.</div>
+
+<p>"What is it?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Before I tell you our guesses,"
+replied the consul, "I'd like to hear
+your reactions."</p>
+
+<p>"It would appear that the New
+Buddhists are doing the obvious&mdash;setting
+up a Buddhist temple.
+Although, except for the statue,
+you'd never guess it." This from
+Chamberlin.</p>
+
+<p>Martin squinted closely at the
+print. "Yes, the buildings look more
+like airship hangars than a temple."</p>
+
+<p>Stimson raised his eyebrows
+slightly. "That's an interesting observation,"
+he commented.</p>
+
+<p>"Wish there were some humans,
+or something else to give a scale,"
+said Baker. "For all we can tell, it
+could be anything from doll houses
+and a life sized statue, all the way
+up to an air base, and a reclining
+Buddha to end all reclining
+Buddhas."</p>
+
+<p>There was an expectant pause.
+Stimson, seeing that we had nothing
+more to add, cleared his throat,
+glanced briefly out of the window
+behind his chair, and hunched forward.</p>
+
+<p>"This picture was made from an
+F-180A, modified for photo reconnaissance.
+The plane was on a
+routine flight from Singapore to
+Mindanao, over a solid deck of
+clouds. The pilot swung south over
+Yat just out of curiosity. He approached
+the island at 50,000 feet,
+using radar, and was about to pass
+over when he spotted a hole in the
+overcast. Time was 1800&mdash;just sunset&mdash;but
+the edge of the crater was
+well lighted, although the bottom
+was in deep shadow. More important,
+the smoke generators had
+been turned off. Obviously the
+clouds had just parted, and would
+close in again in a minute. The
+presence of the F-180A at this particular
+instant was just one of those
+one in a million lucky breaks. The
+pilot realized this. He put the ship
+into a dive and ordered his photographer
+to ready the cameras.</p>
+
+<p>"The plane approached Yat at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>
+a speed above Mach 1.2, so there
+was no audible warning, and evidently
+the island's radar was off, for
+the surprise was complete. Within
+90 seconds the F-180A closed level
+just over the crater and shot past
+with only a thin stratus layer between
+it and ground. Time over the
+crater was hardly 10 seconds, and
+neither pilot nor observer saw anything,
+but the synchronous vertical
+camera was operating and four
+flashes were made during the middle
+four seconds. Then the plane
+was in the clouds again at a 45 degree
+climb and a dozen miles towards
+the Philippines before anyone
+on Yat could even get outdoors.</p>
+
+<p>"As might be expected there was
+a considerable protest over this violation
+of Celebese territory, although
+oddly, it was based on
+moral grounds rather than national
+integrity. The protest was signed by
+the Lama of Macassar, and demanded
+neither indemnity nor
+punishment of the pilot, but asked
+merely that incense be burned in
+Washington to appease Buddha.
+Now of course the Lama isn't that
+naive, or devout. As you may know,
+Phobat Rau was educated at Harvard
+and CIT, and is a thoroughly
+trained and tough statesman who
+knows his way around anywhere,
+and doesn't believe the theological
+hogwash in Pan-Buddhism any
+more than I do. So it was a question
+of getting behind his motives.
+Of course, it could be a cover, but
+our final guess was that the protest
+was really made for the benefit of
+the faithful in Asia. This opinion
+was strengthened, at least as far as
+I am concerned, about a fortnight
+ago when Rau attended the British
+Embassy reception for Lord Hayes.
+He didn't avoid me, but actually
+seemed to single me out as a foil
+for some of his witty small talk.
+Asked if I was much of a student
+of Buddhist architecture and carvings,
+and if I had seen the Kyoto
+Buddha, or the reclining Buddha
+on the Yangtze. He was fishing, of
+course, but I played it dumb, and
+presently he gave up.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, there you have it, at least
+as far as the picture is concerned.
+The Buddhists were considerably
+upset, for they tightened up security
+all over the islands. And then
+you came into the scene. Naturally
+nobody believed that you were just
+after Celebese man, but the governor
+granted permission&mdash;so easily,
+in fact, that we got suspicious.
+Americans are no match for oriental
+subtlety, but we do have a few
+tricks, one of whom is a code clerk
+in the Macassar foreign office, and
+from her we learned that you were
+set for the preferred treatment: to
+be let in easily, and then knocked
+off in some painless way. Hence the
+taxi, and the sneak ride here."</p>
+
+<p>He paused. "That's the situation
+to date, gentlemen. Any questions?"</p>
+
+<p>Martin had been studying the
+photograph. "At what altitude was
+this taken?"</p>
+
+<p>The consul shook his head. "The
+autorecorder was off. The observer
+forgot to set it, in the rush."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, couldn't they estimate?"</p>
+
+<p>"They did, but it's obviously way
+off. The pilot swears that he levelled
+at 9,000, but that would make
+these buildings a quarter of a mile
+long, and the Buddha at least five<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>
+hundred feet. Unless you want to
+believe that they have another Willow
+Run on Yat, you can't take that
+figure."</p>
+
+<p>Another pause. Finally Baker
+spoke. "You said you had a guess."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I have." Stimson seemed
+reluctant to speak. "But it sounds
+so damned fantastic I hate to tell it
+to you&mdash;well, to be short, I don't
+think that this Buddha is a statue."</p>
+
+<p>We all sat up. "Then what is it?"
+This from Martin.</p>
+
+<p>"I mean, not a statue of stone
+or masonry in the usual sense of the
+term. I think that it is a portable
+image of Buddha&mdash;an inflated gas
+bag like they use in the Easter parade.
+I think they intend to float
+it in the air&mdash;perhaps tow it&mdash;to
+impress the faithful. If the thing's
+really 500 feet long, it may be a
+blimp or a rigid airship with its
+own motors. But, whatever the details,
+I think our mystery is just a
+piece of propaganda for Neo-Buddhism,
+although a damned good
+one, from the native standpoint."</p>
+
+<p>We all relaxed. This was an anticlimax.
+Stimson had built us up to
+something&mdash;just what, we were not
+sure&mdash;and then had pricked the
+bubble.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it sounds reasonable,"
+Baker finally remarked, returning
+the print to Stimson, "although not
+particularly dangerous, and certainly
+not worth risking our necks to
+spy on. However, I don't think it's
+good enough to explain all of the
+supplies that have gone into Yat."</p>
+
+<p>The consul nodded. "Yes, that's
+the rub. If they hadn't taken such
+pains to conceal the thing, I'd be
+inclined to call it just a cover for
+something else."</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe it still is," said Baker.</p>
+
+<p>Stimson looked at us carefully, as
+though making up his mind.</p>
+
+<p>"That is where you gentlemen
+come in," he said finally. "I have
+reason to believe that our picture
+has tipped their hand, that they are
+going ahead with whatever they
+have planned in the next few days.
+Someone's got to get to Yat first&mdash;someone
+who can observe intelligently,
+and speak the language. My
+staff is all clerical, and there is no
+chance to get any CIA men now.
+You're the only ones available."</p>
+
+<p>He paused. We looked at each
+other, and then at Baker. He
+cleared his throat a couple of times,
+took another squint at the photo,
+and then spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"Speaking for myself, Stimson,
+when do we leave?"</p>
+
+<p>"That goes for me too," said
+Martin. Chamberlin and I nodded.</p>
+
+<p>Stimson seemed relieved. "I'd
+hoped to hear that. In fact, I'd
+have been considerably embarrassed
+if you gentlemen hadn't
+come through, because I have a seaplane
+waiting right now to take
+you to Yat."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="r65" />
+<h2>II</h2>
+
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> THE NEXT two hours passed
+swiftly. Once the decision was
+made, we all became so involved in
+the details of preparation as to have
+no more time for reflection, either
+upon the nature of what we should
+find on the island of Yat, or the
+possible personal consequences of
+our expedition.</div>
+
+<p>First Stimson briefed us on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>
+geography of our objective. Yat was
+a volcanic island, one of a group
+strung across the shallow sea east
+of Borneo and north of Celebese. It
+was almost circular, with a diameter
+of about seven miles, and was
+entirely covered by a dense tropical
+forest. The principal feature of the
+island was an extinct volcanic
+crater, rising to an altitude of 2,000
+feet, at the east end of the island.
+The crater measured about two
+miles across, and perhaps a third of
+its area was filled with water from
+a narrow channel leading to the
+sea. Photos taken before the closure
+of Yat by the Indonesians showed
+a typical Malay isle: cocoanut and
+mango plantations, with forests of
+gum and mahogany climbing and
+filling most of the crater. The entrance
+channel was narrow and
+quite deep and the interior lake
+constituted an ideally sheltered anchorage.
+On the east coast the land
+rose steeply in a series of mossy
+cliffs over which waterfalls poured,
+while to the west, away from the
+volcano, plantations stretched inland
+from the coral beaches.</p>
+
+<p>As we studied the pictures and
+charts, Stimson briefed us on the
+course of action.</p>
+
+<p>"Your first objective is to find
+out what they're doing in that
+crater. Are they building some new
+weapon, or training an army, or
+what. You'll have Geiger counters
+and a krypton analyser of course,
+although the analyser is no guarantee
+in detecting fissionable material
+production. Then we want to know
+what their plans are, particularly in
+the next few days or weeks. Finally,
+just who is involved in it? Is New
+Buddhism entirely Asiatic, as they
+claim, or has Russia cut herself in
+too?"</p>
+
+<p>"You will be landed on the west
+coast of the island just after sunset.
+The east, with its cliff and entrance
+channel is undoubtedly too
+well guarded, but on the west side,
+with four miles of flat country, they
+may depend on defense in depth,
+so that you'll have a better chance
+of getting past the beach. The
+plane will come in low, make a
+landing just off the breakers and
+drop you off in rubber swim suits.
+It will then taxi to the north of the
+island and make a fairly long stop,
+to divert attention, since it will certainly
+be picked up by radar. Your
+job will be to swim ashore, bury the
+rubber suits, and make your way
+east to the crater. If you reach the
+rim, see what you can, and report
+by radio at any hour. If you don't
+make it to the top, observe as much
+as possible on the island, make your
+reports, and rendezvous with the
+plane at your landing point at 2400
+the next day. If you miss that time,
+a plane will be back daily at the
+same time for four days. After that,
+we will assume that you have been
+caught."</p>
+
+<p>We were driven to the harbor in
+the same disreputable taxicab
+which had brought us to the consulate
+a few hours before. Time was
+a little past three in the afternoon
+as the seaplane roared down a lane
+in the swarm of junks, tramp
+freighters and warships of the Indonesian
+state. We hoped that we
+were not too well observed; there
+was no way of knowing until we arrived
+on Yat, and the learning<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>
+might not be too pleasant.</p>
+
+<p>The flight northeast from New
+Macassar was uneventful. We
+passed over a blue tropical sea,
+dotted with island jewels. For a
+time the low coast of the great island
+of Celebes made a blue haze
+on the eastern horizon, and then
+we had the ocean to ourselves. At
+dusk there were still two hundred
+miles between us and Yat, a flight
+of about forty minutes. Pulling
+down the shades, lest the cabin
+lights reveal us to a chance Indonesian
+patrol, we busied ourselves
+with packing the portable radio
+equipment and putting on our
+watertight clothing.</p>
+
+<p>The last fifty miles were made
+on the deck&mdash;in fact, once or twice
+the hull actually touched a wave-top.
+The pilot extinguished the
+cabin lights and we peered ahead
+for a first glimpse of our objective.
+The sky was clear, but the moon
+would not rise until nine, so that
+the only indication we had that Yat
+was at hand was a slight deepening
+in the tropic night ahead and to
+the right, which the pilot said
+marked Mount Kosan, the ancient
+crater. But no sooner had we gotten
+this vaguely orienting information,
+than the flaps were lowered, the
+plane slowed to under 100 miles
+per hour, and we touched the water.
+The co-pilot opened the side
+door, and we crouched together
+peering out. The plane taxied over
+a choppy cross sea toward the
+shadow of the island, while we
+squinted through the salt spray.
+Presently the engines dropped to
+idle, and the rumble of surf became
+audible.</p>
+
+<p>"Practically dead calm tonight,"
+said the co-pilot reassuringly. "Wind
+usually dies out at sunset. You
+won't have any trouble getting
+through. Just watch your step when
+you're ashore."</p>
+
+<p>"That's always good advice for
+sailors," remarked Baker.</p>
+
+<p>As the plane lost headway, the
+white line of surf and the silhouettes
+of cocoa palms took shape.
+Evidently the plantations came
+right to the water's edge at this
+point, a circumstance for which we
+were all thankful. I was just turning
+to Martin with some remark
+about this when the pilot called
+softly and urgently. "We're as close
+as we can drift safely. Jump, and
+good luck."</p>
+
+<p>"Righto, and thanks," came
+Baker's voice, and then a splash. I
+was next. I took a deep breath,
+and clutched my rubber covered
+bundle of radio gear. I leaped out
+into darkness. An instant later I
+was gasping for air beside Baker.
+Two more splashes in quick succession
+and then the engines picked
+up speed, the dark shape of the
+wing overhead moved off, and we
+were alone.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> FOR A moment we swam in
+circles, getting our bearings.
+Baker had removed his glasses for
+the jump, and so we depended
+mainly on Martin for directions.
+There was really no need for worry,
+however, for it soon became apparent
+that a strong onshore current
+was bringing us in to the
+breakers at a good clip. The line of
+phosphorescence marking their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>
+crests was now hardly a hundred
+yards away.</div>
+
+<p>With Martin in the lead we began
+to swim. Presently one of the
+swells picked us up quite gently,
+moved us forward, and then suddenly
+exploded into a foamy torrent
+which tossed us head over heels
+and left us gasping and spitting
+sand on the beach.</p>
+
+<p>As quickly as possible we got into
+the shelter of the first ranks of trees.
+Here we dug a hole at the base of
+a great cocoanut palm and buried
+the rubber suits and cases of radio
+gear, along with a small vial of
+radium D. This had been provided
+for us, along with the Geiger counter,
+by the thorough Mr. Stimson as
+a means for locating our cache
+when we returned, if we should
+miss our bearings.</p>
+
+<p>It was 7:45 when this chore was
+completed. We had an hour and
+twenty-three minutes to moonrise.</p>
+
+<p>Turning inland, we walked in
+silence through the grove for a few
+hundred yards, and then came
+upon a road. This we recognized,
+from our map study, as the main
+coastal highway. We hurried across,
+rather elated at the progress we
+were making and a little surprised
+at the lack of fences or other protective
+devices on the island. Things
+seemed just too easy.</p>
+
+<p>On the other side of the road we
+encountered a rice paddy, which
+made the going a good deal more
+difficult. But after about ten minutes
+of sloshing through this, we
+came to a diagonal road, or rather
+path which seemed to be going our
+way. Thanks to this, by 8:45 we felt
+the ground rising underfoot and
+sensed a darker bulk in the shadows
+ahead, which could only be Mount
+Kosan itself. Here we came to our
+first fence, an affair of steel posts
+and barbed wire, which appeared
+to be a guard against cattle, but
+hardly more. After inspecting one
+of the posts for signs of electrification,
+we crawled under the bottom
+wire and started up the slope.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you sure we're on the right
+island?" asked Chamberlin. "From
+the security measures I don't think
+we're going to find anything more
+secret than a copra plantation."</p>
+
+<p>Baker shushed him, and whispered
+back, "We're on the right island,
+but that's the only thing that's
+right. This is simply too easy to be
+true."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Martin, "Stimson
+could be all wet. Maybe they're just
+sculping a king sized Buddha after
+all."</p>
+
+<p>The slope had now steepened considerably,
+and further conversation
+died out in the effort of climbing.
+The volcano was heavily forested
+all the way up with mahogany and
+gum trees, and a dense undergrowth
+of vines and ferns entangled
+our feet. Twice we came upon rapidly
+flowing streams.</p>
+
+<p>We were perhaps two thirds of
+the way up when the moon appeared.
+Its light didn't penetrate
+very far into the dense foliage, but
+it did enable us to make out the top
+of the mountain, which took the
+form of a vine covered outcrop of
+lava. We altered our course slightly,
+and at 9:50 P.M. the forest fell
+away and we faced a rough wall of
+rock some two hundred feet in
+height.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Before tackling this last obstacle,
+we paused for a rest and some hot
+coffee from the thermos which was
+included in our equipment. Then,
+at five minutes past ten, we started
+the final ascent.</p>
+
+<p>The cliff proved to be more of a
+climb than we had anticipated, and
+the time was close to eleven before
+we pulled ourselves up over the last
+boulder and could look across the
+crater to the other rim.</p>
+
+<p>The last few feet we negotiated
+with the greatest caution. Martin, I
+think, was first, and he pulled himself
+on his belly across to the beginning
+of the inner slope. He lay
+quietly for a half minute, then muttered
+something under his breath
+which sounded vaguely like "I'll be
+damned", and made way for Baker,
+who was next. I squeezed in beside
+him, and so we got a look into the
+crater at the same time. Baker, being
+a very self-contained man, made
+no audible comment, but I must
+have, for the sight which met our
+eyes was certainly the last thing I
+had expected to see.</p>
+
+<p>The crater of Mount Kosan was
+filled with steel and concrete structures
+of gargantuan size, and of the
+most amazing shapes I had ever
+seen. I say amazing, but I do not
+mean in the sense of unfamiliar, on
+the contrary these incredible objects
+had the commonest shapes.
+Had it not been for trees and normal
+buildings to give the scene a
+scale, I would have sworn that we
+were looking into a picnic grounds
+a hundred feet across instead of a
+two mile diameter plain ringed by
+mountains 2,000 feet high. The
+buildings seen in the aerial photo
+occupied only a small part of the
+crater&mdash;all of the other structures
+must have been concealed by
+clouds.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> DIRECTLY below our perch
+the rim dropped vertically
+into deep shadows, as the moonlight
+reached but half the crater. A thousand
+yards west of us, where the
+light first touched the floor, we
+could make out several clumps of
+brush or small trees, among which
+was set a rectangular concrete surface
+measuring perhaps four hundred
+feet square, and resting on
+hundred foot steel columns. Near
+this, and partly supported by the
+side of the mountain was what appeared
+to be a great table, of roughly
+the same area, but standing on
+trussed columns the height of a
+thirty story building. In front of
+this was a chair, if by chair you understand
+me to mean a boxlike
+building twenty stories high, with a
+braced back rising as far again. A
+half mile along the rim was an
+even larger structure whose dimensions
+could only be measured in
+fractions of miles, which resembled
+nothing more than a vast shed built
+against the cliff.</div>
+
+<p>Next my attention was attracted
+to a number of objects lying upon
+the platform immediately west of
+us. One of these appeared to be a
+steel bowl-like container some thirty
+feet deep and a hundred in diameter,
+like the storage tanks used in oil
+fields. Nearby was an open tank
+measuring perhaps fifty feet in each
+dimension, and beside this were the
+most startling of all&mdash;several hundred<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>
+foot pieces of built-up structural
+steel resembling knife, fork
+and spoon.</p>
+
+<p>In retrospect, the deduction from
+this evidence was obvious, but as
+we stared down at this spectacle, a
+sort of numbness took hold of our
+minds. As a later comparison of
+impressions verified, none of us
+came remotely near guessing the
+truth in those incredible seconds.
+For what seemed like minutes we
+just stared, and then the spell was
+broken. Walt had squeezed in beside
+me, where he gave vent to a
+low whistle of amazement. Baker
+shushed him, and then shifted to a
+better position, in so doing knocking
+a rock from the ledge. This
+started a small avalanche which
+went clattering down the cliff with
+a sound, to our hypersensitive ears,
+like thunder. We all froze in our
+places, abruptly aware that the
+moon illuminated us like actors in
+a spotlight. For a good minute we
+waited tense, and then gradually
+relaxed. Baker started to say something
+when without warning the
+ground beneath us shook, starting a
+score of rockslides. We recoiled
+from the edge and braced for a
+stronger earthquake shock. Then
+suddenly Baker uttered a hoarse cry.
+He was pointing&mdash;pointing down
+into the blackness at our feet where
+our eyes had as yet been unable to
+penetrate. Something was there,
+something vast and dim and shapeless
+like a half inflated airship. Then
+a part of it was detached and came
+up almost to our level. It moved too
+rapidly for any detail to be seen&mdash;our
+only impression was of a vast
+white column large as the Washington
+monument which swung up into
+the moonlight and then was
+withdrawn. At the same time the
+ground quivered anew, starting
+fresh slides.</p>
+
+<p>We blinked stupidly for several
+seconds, and then became conscious
+for the first time of the sound. It
+was like a vast cavernous wheeze at
+first, and then a series of distinct
+wet thuds followed by a prolonged
+gurgling rumble. If these descriptive
+phrases sound strange and awkward,
+let me give assurance that
+they are as nothing to the eerie
+quality of the noises themselves.
+We lay glued to our rocky perch,
+hardly daring to breathe, until the
+last windy sigh had died away.</p>
+
+<p>Baker found his voice first.
+"Good God, it's something alive!"</p>
+
+<p>Chamberlin tried to reason. "It
+can't be&mdash;why, it's two hundred
+feet high&mdash;it's just a gas bag, like
+Stimson said. It's&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>He stopped. The thing had
+moved again, more rapidly and
+with purpose. The great column
+rose, then pressed down into the
+ground and pushed the main bulk
+up out of the shadows. There was
+a moment of confusion while our
+senses tried to grasp shape and scale
+at the same time, and then it all
+came into focus as the thing arose
+into the light. At one instant we
+were sane humans, trying to make
+out a great billowy form wallowing
+in the darkness below. In the next
+instant we were madmen, staring
+into a human face a hundred feet
+wide, that peered back at us from
+the level of the cliff top! For a second
+we were all still&mdash;we four, and
+that titanic placid oriental face<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>
+hanging before us in the moonlight.
+Then the great eyes blinked sleepily
+and the thing started to move
+toward us.</p>
+
+<p>I cannot recall in detail what
+happened. I remember someone
+screamed, an animal cry of pure
+terror. It may have been me, although
+Baker claims to be the
+guilty one. In any case the four of
+us arose as one and plunged headfirst
+off our rock into the tangle of
+brush at the top of the cliff. I think
+that only the vines saved us from
+certain death in that first mad instant.
+I know that we were wrestling
+with them for what seemed like an
+eternity. They wrapped around my
+legs, tangled in my arms. They were
+like clutching hands, holding me
+back in a nightmare-like struggle,
+while the thing in the crater came
+closer. Then abruptly I realized
+that they <i>were</i> hands, human hands
+seizing us, pulling us back from the
+cliff and then skillfully tieing us up.</p>
+
+<p>It was all over in a moment. The
+madness was ended. We were once
+more rational humans, tied hand
+and foot, and propped against the
+rocky ledge in front of a dozen yellow-robed
+men. For a time we just
+breathed heavily&mdash;ourselves and
+our brown skinned captors alike.
+Then one of the latter spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"You can stand now, yes?"</p>
+
+<p>Baker struggled to his feet in reply.
+The rest of us did likewise, aided
+not unkindly, by the yellow-robed
+men. Baker found his voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you," he said. In the
+brightening moonlight we looked
+more carefully at our captors. They
+were of small stature, evidently
+Japanese, and, by their costume,
+all priests.</p>
+
+<p>Baker laughed briefly and
+glanced at the rest of us. "It would
+appear," he said dryly, "that we
+have been taken."</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="r65" />
+<h2>III</h2>
+
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> THE LEADER of the priests
+indicated by a gesture that he
+wished us to move along a narrow
+trail cut in the vines along the rim.
+I attempted to get another look at
+the horror within the crater, but
+the ledge of rock down which we
+had just fallen stood in the way. We
+were guided into a pitch black trail
+which descended steeply into the
+forest on the outer slope of Mount
+Kosan.</div>
+
+<p>I lost track of direction almost at
+once. The trail zigzagged a couple
+of times, and then I sensed that we
+were in a covered passage. After a
+few more steps and a turn, a light
+appeared ahead, to show we were
+walking in a concrete lined tunnel.
+Our captors had split themselves
+into two groups, a half dozen ahead
+and an equal number behind. Soon
+there appeared a metal door in one
+wall, which proved to be the entrance
+to an elevator. We all
+squeezed in, and were taken down
+a distance which surely must have
+brought us near to the crater floor
+itself. The door then opened, and
+again we were escorted along a concrete
+passage. There were many
+turns. Our captors paused before a
+narrow door with a tiny barred window.
+This was unlocked, we were
+directed to enter, and the door
+clanked shut behind us.</p>
+
+<p>For the first few minutes no one<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span>
+had anything to say. We examined
+the interior of our cell, but found
+nothing more remarkable than concrete,
+a small ventilator hole near
+the ceiling, and a wooden bench
+along the wall opposite the door.</p>
+
+<p>Martin found his voice first. "A
+human being," he said slowly, "as
+big as the Woolworth Building!"</p>
+
+<p>Chamberlin, apparently still involved
+in his last abortive try at
+reason said, "But it's impossible.
+The laws of mechanics&mdash;why the
+biggest dinosaurs were only eighty
+feet long, and they had to be supported
+by water. It's a mechanical
+device, I tell you."</p>
+
+<p>"It could have been an illusion,"
+I ventured. "Perhaps an image projected
+on a fog bank, or something
+similar&mdash;" Neither Walt nor I were
+very convincing&mdash;not with the
+memory of that face fresh in our
+minds. We all fell silent again.</p>
+
+<p>Several minutes passed, when
+abruptly we became conscious of a
+movement of the floor, slight but
+repeated with regularity. A shake, a
+pause of six or eight seconds, then
+another shake. Baker stood on the
+bench and put his ear to the ventilator.
+He heard nothing. The movement
+came again. Shake, pause,
+shake, pause, like some distant and
+monstrous machine. I was reminded
+of the small earthquakes felt in
+the vicinity of a heavy drop hammer.
+Shake, pause, shake, pause,
+and then a heavier jolt accompanied
+by a distinct thud. After that,
+quiet.</p>
+
+<p>"Obviously," Baker said, "they
+knew all about us." He was evidently
+thinking out loud. "Probably
+picked us up on the beach, and
+then just let us go on, clearing out
+the guards ahead, and keeping near
+enough to see that we didn't use
+the radio. Why? Maybe to find out
+how much we knew about the place
+already. I daresay they know one
+thing now: we never expected to
+find&mdash;what we did. Which brings
+us to our Buddha. The big question
+is, is it mechanical or&mdash;alive?" He
+paused. "I don't know&mdash;none of us
+can know yet&mdash;but, I'm inclined to
+believe the latter. Cady, what's your
+opinion?"</p>
+
+<p>I had forgotten for the moment
+that I was a zoologist. To tell the
+truth, the whole thing had been a
+little outside of the type of specimen
+I was familiar with.</p>
+
+<p>"Its movements were lifelike," I
+replied. "They suggest muscular
+action rather than mechanical
+drive. But, as Walt says, it's just not
+possible. Nature has placed a limit
+on the size of living creatures. The
+strength of bones, the energy requirements,
+the osmotic pressures
+needed to move fluids through tissue.
+Besides, where could it come
+from? There have been giants&mdash;eight,
+ten, maybe up to twelve feet&mdash;but
+this thing is of a different
+order of magnitude. It must weigh
+millions of pounds. As a zoologist, I
+can't believe that it's alive."</p>
+
+<p>Martin and Chamberlin had a
+few more remarks of the same nature,
+and then the conversation
+died away. We waited. Eventually
+they would come&mdash;the yellow-robed
+ones. When they did, we
+might learn more. I had little doubt
+as to our ultimate fate, but in the
+dulled condition of my senses, I
+didn't seem particularly to care.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>My watch had been smashed in
+the struggle, so that I had no idea
+of how long they kept us in the cell.
+It could not have been too many
+hours, for the elementary needs of
+nature had only begun to assert
+themselves when the sound of a key
+came from the door. We all stood
+up. It was our conductor of last
+night, the one who spoke pidgin
+English.</p>
+
+<p>"Good morning, gentlemens," he
+said with a bow. "You spend nice
+night, yes? Get plenty sleep?"</p>
+
+<p>We did not reply. Still smiling
+politely, he beckoned. "Now please
+to come with me. Head Lama talk
+to you now."</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> ONCE MORE we traversed the
+interminable concrete corridors
+of that subterranean city, but
+this time we came out into a hall illuminated
+by natural daylight. The
+walls here were neatly plastered,
+and the doors more ornamental.</div>
+
+<p>"Getting near the high brass,"
+murmured Chamberlin.</p>
+
+<p>The last hall was terminated by
+a window and balcony, beyond
+which the green of a distant hillside
+could be seen. Before we
+reached this, however, our guide
+stopped at a heavy aluminum door
+and directed us into a sort of ante-room,
+occupied by uniformed
+guards and a male receptionist. A
+few words were exchanged in Japanese,
+and the guards quickly and
+expertly frisked us, although this
+had already been done once. This
+ceremony over, another door was
+opened and we were admitted to a
+large and sunny office, whose big
+windows gave a panoramic view of
+the whole crater.</p>
+
+<p>Our eyes were so dazzled by the
+sudden burst of light, and our curiosity
+was so great to see that fantastic
+place by daylight, that we did
+not at once see the man who sat behind
+a desk opposite the windows,
+watching us with an expression of
+high amusement. Baker first noticed
+him.</p>
+
+<p>"Phobat Rau! So you're back of
+this, after all!"</p>
+
+<p>The other stood up. He was a
+short man, evidently Burmese, and
+wore a tan military uniform. His
+smile revealed a bonanza of gold
+teeth, while his thick lensed spectacles
+glittered in the brilliant sunshine
+streaming in through the windows.</p>
+
+<p>"It is a great pleasure to have you
+here, Professor Baker, although
+there is in the circumstances some
+cause for regret. But all that in its
+time. What do you think of our
+Buddha?"</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke, Baker was glancing
+about the room, and I saw that his
+eye had alighted upon an instrument
+just behind Rau's desk. A second
+look showed it to be a tape recorder,
+with the operating lamp on.</p>
+
+<p>"Until we have more data," replied
+Baker, "our views are still as
+you have them recorded."</p>
+
+<p>Phobat Rau laughed delightedly.
+"You're a good observer, Professor.
+Yes, I must confess I was curious
+about your reactions to our charge.
+So you doubt that he is alive?"</p>
+
+<p>Baker nodded. "Under the circumstances
+last night, there was
+every chance for a mistake, or a
+hoax."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"In that case, perhaps you would
+like a second look. He's right across
+the valley now, having his breakfast."</p>
+
+<p>We hastened to the window.
+Rau's office, we found, was in a sort
+of cliff house perched half way up
+the northern side of the crater, and
+commanded a view of the entire
+area, now brightly illuminated by
+the morning sunlight. We easily
+identified the enormous furniture of
+last night, against the west cliff
+about a mile away. But we had little
+interest in these structures, monstrous
+as they were. For, sitting
+cross-legged on the ground before
+the low table, was the giant. At that
+distance he did not look so huge&mdash;in
+fact, with an effort we could almost
+ignore scale and perspective
+and imagine that he was a normal
+human fifty feet distant. He appeared
+a typical young Japanese,
+his hair cut long in the old style,
+and wearing a sleeveless tunic like
+the statues of Buddha. His face was
+smooth and serene, and he was eating
+a white pasty looking substance
+from his great steel dish, using a
+big spoon. Even as we watched, he
+finished the meal and stood up,
+causing the whole building to sway
+slightly. He glanced about for a
+moment, his eye lingering briefly in
+our direction, and then he walked
+in a leisurely way to the lagoon,
+where he bent over and rinsed out
+his utensils. Returning to the table,
+he placed them carefully in the position
+we had noted last night. He
+then straightened to his full height,
+raised his great arms far up into the
+morning air and began a series of
+earth shaking calisthenics. After
+about ten minutes of this he walked
+over to the leanto structure, entered
+and closed a curtain behind him.</p>
+
+<p>Rau, who had been watching us
+with great amusement, offered an
+explanation.</p>
+
+<p>"His reading room. Books on his
+scale would be a bit difficult to
+make, so he uses microfilm and a
+projector. The microfilm," he added,
+"is on eight by ten plates, and
+the screen is two hundred feet
+square."</p>
+
+<p>We returned to the desk and took
+the seats Rau indicated.</p>
+
+<p>"So now," said our host, "you
+would like to hear a word of explanation,
+perhaps?"</p>
+
+<p>"Several, if you can spare the
+time," answered Baker with a dryness
+equal to Rau's.</p>
+
+<p>"It all began," began Phobat
+Rau, "on a beautiful summer's day
+in 1945, August 6, I believe, was
+the exact date. Perhaps you recall
+what happened on that day, in the
+city of Hiroshima. If not, I will refresh
+your memories. A bomb was
+dropped on that day, a new type of
+bomb. It caused a great deal of destruction,
+and killed tens of thousands
+of people. Some died at once
+from the blast and heat, but many
+more, who had escaped apparently
+uninjured, developed serious illness
+days later and died. The cause
+you know, of course. It was called
+radiation injury, the internal destruction
+of cell structure by gamma
+rays emitted by the bomb.</p>
+
+<p>"Many strange things happened
+in that blast. In some, injury was
+confined to particular parts of the
+body, as the hair. Others were made
+sterile, in fact, the reproductive<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>
+function and apparatus seemed
+particularly susceptible to the
+rays. In many cases, the genes&mdash;those
+vital units within the cell
+which determine growth and structure
+and all physical and mental
+characteristics&mdash;the genes were altered,
+so that children grew abnormally,
+with deformities or mental
+sickness.</p>
+
+<p>"But these things you well know.
+Afterwards biologists and physicians
+and geneticists came from all
+parts of the world to study the effects
+of the atomic bomb, and the
+flow of learned papers on this subject
+is not ended even now."</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> THE SPEAKER paused, as if
+inviting some comment or
+question. Seeing that we intended
+to remain silent, he resumed.</div>
+
+<p>"There was one case, however,
+which was not studied by western
+scientists. In many respects, it was
+the most interesting of all, for the
+bomb blast and the accompanying
+deluge of gamma radiation occurred
+just at the instant of conception.
+As usual, damage was sustained
+by the genes, but this damage
+was of a peculiar and highly
+special sort. The only gene affected,
+apparently, was the one controlling
+growth, although, as you will see
+presently, other structural and
+chemical changes took place without
+which the growth could never
+have occurred.</p>
+
+<p>"The infant involved was a male,
+named Kazu Takahashi. He was
+born prematurely on March 26,
+1946, with a weight of fourteen
+pounds six ounces. The parents
+were well to do, and the infant was
+given the best of care, first in a private
+hospital, and later in its own
+home.</p>
+
+<p>"During the first few days of life,
+little Kazu was apparently normal,
+except for his prematureness and a
+rather great weight for a seven-month
+infant. And then the change
+began. His nurse first noticed an increasing
+appetite. He cried constantly
+and would be silent only
+when feeding. He emptied nursing
+bottles in a few seconds, after he
+learned to pull off the nipple, and
+was soon consuming a quart of milk
+every hour. The nurse humored
+him, in order to keep him quiet,
+and presently became afraid to tell
+either the parents or the doctor just
+how much milk her charge was
+drinking. As the days passed and no
+ill effects developed, she became
+less worried, although the daily
+milk ration had to be increased
+twice, to 23 quarts a day on the
+sixth day.</p>
+
+<p>"Kazu doubled his weight in the
+first eleven days, and at the end of
+two weeks tipped the scales at 39
+pounds. His pink tender skin was
+now rapidly becoming normal in
+color and texture, and he was behaving
+more and more like an ordinary
+child, although already of
+startling size. By the fourth week he
+was drinking 59 quarts of milk a
+day and weighed 145 pounds. The
+parents&mdash;by now thoroughly
+alarmed&mdash;called in the doctor, who
+at once realized the cause of the
+abnormality. He could offer no suggestions,
+however, save to continue
+feeding at a rate to keep the child
+quiet. This, by the sixth week,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>
+soared to the incredible figure of
+130 quarts a day to feed a baby
+now five feet tall and weighing 290
+pounds. At this point the Takahashi
+family felt that their problem
+was getting beyond them, and being
+Buddhists, they appealed to the local
+temple&mdash;it was not in Hiroshima,
+but at a nearby town&mdash;for
+assistance. The priests took the
+child in, after a generous contribution
+had been made by father Takahashi,
+and for a time the embarrassing
+matter seemed solved. The
+Takahashis went on a three weeks
+vacation to the south coast of Honshu,
+and all was peaceful, externally
+at least.</p>
+
+<p>"When the family returned, they
+found a note under the door urgently
+requesting their presence at
+the temple. When they arrived,
+they were met by a highly agitated
+chief priest. Something had to be
+done, he said. Things were getting
+out of hand. He then took them to
+the nursery. Here they beheld a
+baby that would have been seven
+feet eight inches tall if it could
+stand, and which had weighed in
+that morning on the platform scales
+in the temple kitchen, at 670
+pounds. After hearing the details of
+the milk bill, father Takahashi
+wrote out another check and departed
+hurriedly.</p>
+
+<p>"After the passage of three more
+weeks, a delegation from the temple
+again waited upon Mr. Takahashi,
+with the news that his son now
+measured 9 feet 3 inches in length,
+weighed 1175 pounds, and consumed
+the entire output of a local
+dairy. They politely requested that
+he take care of his own infant. Mr.
+Takahashi as politely refused, and
+at this point bowed out of our
+story completely."</p>
+
+<p>Phobat Rau hesitated again and
+inquired if his statistics were boring
+us. Baker glanced out of the window
+and replied that while he ordinarily
+did not have much appreciation
+of figures of this kind, under
+the circumstances they had a
+certain interest. Rau smiled briefly
+and continued.</p>
+
+<p>"The summer of 1946 was one of
+increasing difficulty for the temple.
+By the beginning of July Kazu
+weighed 1600 pounds and cried
+with a voice like a wounded bull. A
+number of trustworthy medical
+men examined him, and concurred
+that his only abnormality was size.
+In bodily proportions he was quite
+ordinary, and, for a 3-1/2 month
+baby, his mental development was,
+if anything, a bit ahead of normal.
+The priests took in their belts, appointed
+eight of the strongest as
+nursemaids, and wondered where
+it would all end.</p>
+
+<p>"It was at this point that a member
+of the Buddhist priesthood from
+Burma happened to pass through
+the neighborhood and heard of the
+infant. After being sworn to secrecy;
+even from other members of his order,
+he was allowed to view little
+Kazu. Now this priest, whose name
+I might as well admit was Phobat
+Rau, had perhaps a bit more imagination
+than some others, and when
+he looked upon the little monster,
+he was struck by an idea which was
+to grow like Kazu himself."</p>
+
+<p>"The Living Buddha," murmured
+Baker, "Ye Gods, what a
+symbol."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Rau nodded like a schoolteacher.
+"A symbol, and more. A machine
+to rebuild the world, or conquer
+it!"</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> BAKER CHOSE to ignore this
+leading remark. He wanted
+more of the story.</div>
+
+<p>"So you took him over?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it was not so easy as that.
+You see, I was only a young priest
+then, and had no resources to undertake
+such a project. But the
+more I thought of the possibilities,
+the more sure I was. But first I had
+to convince others, and time was
+short. The priests were near to
+their limit, and were about to appeal
+to the Americans. I secured
+their promise to wait until I could
+return to Burma, and then I flew to
+Bangkok, to Rangoon, to every center
+of Buddhism where I was
+known. It was a sales trip, you
+might say, and for a time I thought
+that I had failed. But there were
+also forces working for me. The
+world was uncertain. The communists
+were at the start of their triumphal
+sweep over Asia, and the
+leaders of our faith foresaw what
+lay ahead. On the first of August,
+1946, a delegation of priests from
+eight Buddhist countries journeyed
+to Japan to view Kazu, who was
+now a lusty 4-1/2 months old, 12-1/2
+feet long and of 2914 pounds
+weight. He was in fine health, and
+when he slept the resemblance to
+the infant Buddha was startling.
+You gentlemen are worldly men,
+and I pride myself upon freedom
+from the more naive illusions of my
+faith, but perhaps you can try to
+imagine that our feelings were not
+entirely those of ambitious schemers&mdash;that
+perhaps within us was
+some higher motive for the step we
+took. Our poor suffering Asia was
+in deeper misery than ever before,
+for atop her own famine and war
+had come also the troubles of the
+west. Under the Red flag millions of
+our deluded countrymen were taking
+arms against their brothers.
+Confused by a glib ideology, they
+were daily turning more from the
+religion of their fathers. Although
+we did not speak it, we all felt inwardly
+that perhaps there was a
+purpose in this great infant&mdash;that,
+though we made promises with
+tongue in cheek, perhaps a miracle
+would occur to fulfill them.</p>
+
+<p>"And so we arranged to transport
+Kazu Takahashi from Japan
+to a safe location where he might
+grow to manhood, where he might
+be suitably educated to take the
+place that we would prepare for
+him. The details of this move were
+not difficult to arrange. A special
+traveling crib 20 feet long was
+built, and in this by truck, lighter
+and motor junk he was carried by
+easy stages to this island. Here we
+established a great monastery, surrounded
+by rice and fruit plantations.
+Here we brought physicians
+and scholars to care for him and
+plan his education, and we built a
+nursery to accommodate his increasing
+bulk.</p>
+
+<p>"We did not know, of course,
+what his final size would be. We
+kept careful records of his growth,
+but even after the first year he was
+not more than ten times the normal
+height. But year by year we had to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>
+revise our estimates, for his growth
+soon accelerated beyond our wildest
+expectations. For a time indeed
+we feared that it would never stop
+and that he would die of starvation
+when the world could no longer
+feed him. For a time also we were
+sure that he would never be able
+to stand, through the action of simple
+mechanical laws relating to
+weight and the size of bones, but
+apparently nature has provided a
+marvelous compensation, for his
+bones, as revealed by X-rays, are of
+a density and strength equal to that
+of steel.</p>
+
+<p>"His feeding was always a problem,
+although fortunately its increase
+was not beyond our ability to
+organize and plan. At first we supplied
+him from plantations on Yat
+and on neighboring islands. Then
+we were forced to organize Neo-Buddhism
+as an implement to solicit
+contributions of food and
+money. Perforce we took many into
+partial confidence, but the complete
+story was known only to those on
+Yat.</p>
+
+<p>"On his first birthday Kazu was
+29-1/2 feet long and weighed 30,100
+pounds. By his second birthday he
+could walk, and now surpassed all
+land animals save the monsters of
+the Jurassic age, with a height to
+51 feet and a weight of 158,000
+pounds. During 1949, while the
+communists were overrunning
+China, our Buddha grew from 70
+to 82 feet. In June of 1950, while
+the world watched the flames of
+war kindle in Korea, we saw him
+exceed the capacity of our million
+pound scale. In the year of 1950
+also we built his first schoolroom
+and developed the system of projected
+pictures and letters used in
+his education.</p>
+
+<p>"In 1951, Buddha's increasing
+appetite combined with the inroads
+made by the communists upon our
+territory brought a crisis. He was
+now 200 feet tall, weighed seven
+million pounds and ate as much as
+75,000 men. In spite of all our efforts,
+his food supply was dwindling
+and, worse, the communists
+were becoming suspicious. And so
+we were forced to a decision. We
+had to appeal to the western world.
+But to whom? To America, or to
+Russia? You all know the situation
+in 1952, the time of the false peace.
+We turned to Russia. They sent a
+commission to investigate, and then
+acted with dispatch. Russia would
+feed our Buddha, but on a condition:
+Neo-Buddhism must sponsor
+communism.</p>
+
+<p>"We had no choice. Now that the
+secret was out, Russia had Yat at
+its mercy. So we agreed, but with
+one reservation. We alone should
+direct the education of Kazu. To
+this Russia agreed. Perhaps they
+considered that it was unimportant.
+Perhaps they thought that Kazu
+was an idiot, useful only as a symbol.
+But they agreed, and so his education
+continued in the tradition of
+Buddhist scholarship. He is well
+read, gentlemen. He knows the
+classics of China, and of India, and
+of the west also. I myself taught
+him English. At the request of our
+sponsors, he has studied Russian.
+He is still young, but he has an inquiring
+mind. When he takes his
+true place in the world, he may not
+always be the tool of the Kremlin.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>
+But of these things even I am not
+given to know."</p>
+
+<p>Rau paused, and indicated the
+window. Buddha was emerging
+from his leanto.</p>
+
+<p>"Look well, gentlemen. There
+stands the hope of Asia. There is
+the Living Buddha himself. He is
+only 19 years of age, but he stands
+590 feet high, and weighs
+198,000,000 pounds. At first he will
+be but a symbol, but soon he will be
+much more. The time of compromise,
+I promise you, will not last
+forever."</p>
+
+<p>Rau stopped. We waited for him
+to resume, but instead, he pressed
+a button on his desk. Immediately
+several members of the guard entered.
+Rau now addressed us in a
+new voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Gentlemen, you probably wonder
+why I have spoken so frankly of
+all of this. To be candid, to a certain
+extent I wonder also. Perhaps
+it is to get it off my chest, as you
+say. Perhaps it is just pride in what
+I have done. But whatever the reason,
+the consequences for you are
+regrettable. Your spying trip to Yat
+alone is sufficient for death; what I
+have told you makes your return a
+complete impossibility. I am sorry,
+particularly for you, Baker. We
+shall do it as humanely as possible.
+Good day."</p>
+
+<p>The guards, as upon a signal,
+closed in on us. For a second I
+thought insanely of flight, or a
+plunge through the great windows
+to certain death on the crags below.
+But there was no chance. Before
+any thought could be translated
+into action we were back in the
+corridor, escorted by an augmented
+guard of priests, on our way back
+to our cell, and death. A death that
+would be&mdash;as "humane as possible".</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="r65" />
+<h2>IV</h2>
+
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> IT WAS NOT until some minutes
+after the steel door had clicked
+shut that the full realization of our
+predicament came to us. Rau's
+story had been so fascinating, and
+his manner so rational and civilized
+that we all had forgotten that he
+was of a race and ideology opposed
+to all that we stood for, and that we
+were spies caught red-handed in the
+innermost shrine of Neo-Buddhism.
+Even after twenty years of cold war,
+all of our civilized instincts rose
+against the idea that a suave brilliant
+intellectual like Phobat Rau
+could so cold bloodedly order our
+deaths.</div>
+
+<p>But the awakening was at hand.
+If we doubted Rau's intentions, one
+look at the cold Mongol faces of the
+guards was enough to dispel any
+hope. Baker tried to sum it up.</p>
+
+<p>"No use trying to argue with him.
+Fact is, we won't even see Rau
+again. We could, of course, simply
+call it quits and wait for them, but
+I'd rather fight it out. Anyone have
+an idea?"</p>
+
+<p>Martin hopped up on the bench
+and studied the ventilator. He
+reached one arm in as far as possible,
+and reported that there was a
+bend about a foot in. While he was
+doing this, Chamberlin made a
+minute investigation of the door,
+but found that neither hinges nor
+lock were accessible. There were no
+other openings into the chamber<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>
+save the electric conduit which presumably
+entered above the electric
+fixture in the ceiling. Finally Baker
+spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing we can do until they
+come for us. We'd better plan
+towards that, unless they're going
+to gas us through the ventilator."</p>
+
+<p>This unpleasant thought had not
+occurred to the rest of us before.
+Martin returned to the opening and
+sniffed, and then with happy inspiration,
+he rolled up his jacket
+and stuffed it in. Baker nodded approval.</p>
+
+<p>So the time passed. We listened
+at the door for footsteps but none
+came. Presently we became aware
+of a now familiar sensation. The
+floor commenced to shake gently
+and regularly. We counted the
+steps. There were twelve, and then
+they stopped. Chamberlin calculated
+mentally.</p>
+
+<p>"Say, about 250 feet per step.
+That would be three thousand feet&mdash;six
+tenths of a mile. Wonder
+where&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>Martin, still near the ventilator,
+shushed him, and pulled the coat
+out. Through the small hole we
+heard a deep sound, a sort of low
+pitched irregular rumble. Baker
+suddenly jumped up and listened at
+the opening. After a bit the sound
+stopped. Baker became excited.</p>
+
+<p>"It was a voice," he explained. "I
+think it was <i>his</i> voice. It was speaking
+Japanese. I couldn't catch
+many words, but I think he was
+talking about us."</p>
+
+<p>Now the rumble came again, and
+louder. A few words, a pause, and
+then more words, as though he was
+in conversation with someone
+whom we could not hear. Baker listened
+intently, but he could catch
+only fragments, owing to his small
+knowledge of Japanese and the extremely
+low pitched articulation of
+the giant. Presently the voice rose
+to a volume which literally made
+the mountain tremble, and then it
+stopped.</p>
+
+<p>Baker shook his head. "Couldn't
+make it out. I think he was inquiring
+where we were, but it was too
+idiomatic. I think he became excited
+or angry at the last."</p>
+
+<p>"Fee, fi, fo, fum," said Chamberlin.
+"Now wouldn't <i>that</i> be an interesting
+end?"</p>
+
+<p>Martin laughed. "We wouldn't
+even be enough to taste."</p>
+
+<p>As no one else seemed anxious to
+pursue this subject further, we subsided
+into a sort of lethargy. Even
+plans for what we should do when
+the guards came were forgotten.
+And then, suddenly, the door was
+opened.</p>
+
+<p>We all sprang to our feet. A
+priest&mdash;in fact, the same one who
+had brought us here originally&mdash;came
+in. A squad of guards stood
+outside.</p>
+
+<p>"Good afternoon, how are you?
+Chief Priest ask me to tell you,
+Buddha wish to see you. Please you
+come with me." He politely indicated
+the door.</p>
+
+<p>With a shrug Baker complied,
+and the rest of us followed. Down
+the hall we marched again, through
+all of the turns of the morning and
+so at last into the corridor which
+ended in a window. This time we
+passed the aluminum door and continued
+right to the end. The window,
+we now saw, was really a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
+French door which opened to a
+small balcony. Our guide opened
+the door and pushed us out. The
+balcony, we found, was about four
+hundred feet above the valley floor,
+but we did not spend much time
+enjoying the view.</p>
+
+<p>Scarcely fifty feet in front of us
+stood the Living Buddha!</p>
+
+<p>For a full minute we stared at
+each other, and then I began to
+realize that he was embarrassed! A
+wrinkle appeared between his eyes
+and he swallowed a couple of times.
+Then he spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"Good afternoon, Professor Baker
+and party. I am happy to meet
+you."</p>
+
+<p>The voice, and particularly the
+language, so startled us that for a
+moment nobody could think of a
+reply. The voice was a deep pulsing
+rumble, like the tone of the biggest
+pipes of an organ, and filled with a
+variety of glottal wheezings and
+windy overtones. I think it was
+through these additional sounds
+rather than the actual tones that we
+could understand him at all, for the
+fundamentals were surely below the
+ordinary limits of human audibility.
+What we heard and could translate
+into articulate words was hardly
+more than a cavernous whisper.
+The important thing was that we
+could understand him, and, more
+than that, that he was friendly.
+Baker made reply at last.</p>
+
+<p>"Good afternoon. We also are
+happy, and most honored. How
+should we address you?"</p>
+
+<p>"My name is Kazu Takahashi,
+but I am told that I am also
+Buddha. This I would like to discuss
+with you, if you have time."</p>
+
+<p>"We have time for nothing else,"
+said Baker.</p>
+
+<p>Buddha's eyebrows raised slightly.
+"So I was right. They are going
+to kill you."</p>
+
+<p>Baker glanced at us meaningfully.
+This giant was no fool. Suddenly
+there came over me a little thrill
+of hope. Maybe&mdash;but he was speaking
+again.</p>
+
+<p>"I have not before had opportunity
+to talk to men from west.
+Only from China, Japan, Soviet
+State. You will tell me of rest of
+world?"</p>
+
+<p>"With pleasure," said Baker.</p>
+
+<p>I became conscious that the door
+behind us was opening. I glanced
+back, and saw Phobat Rau, surrounded
+by guards and priests. He
+gestured to us to come in. Baker
+turned, while Buddha bent his head
+closer to see also.</p>
+
+<p>Rau came to the door. "Come
+back," he called urgently. "You are
+in grave danger. You must come
+in."</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> QUITE DEFINITELY I had no desire
+to go in. Neither did Baker,
+for he shook his head and moved
+away from the door. Rau's face was
+suddenly enraged. He made a quick
+motion to the guards, and then
+held them back. With an evident
+effort he calmed himself and called
+again, softly.</div>
+
+<p>"Please come in. I was hasty this
+morning. I am sorry. I think now I
+see a way for you to return safely, if
+you will come in."</p>
+
+<p>For reply, Baker turned to the
+giant. He climbed upon the rail of
+the balcony.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Take us away from here, if you
+wish to hear what we have to say.
+Take us, or they will kill us!"</p>
+
+<p>In answer, Buddha extended one
+hand, palm up, so that it was level
+with the balcony. For an instant I
+hesitated at the sight of that irregular
+rough surface, big as a city
+block, and then I heard steps behind
+us and a click. With one accord
+we leaped over the parapet
+just as a scattered volley of pistol
+shots rang out. We tumbled head
+over heels down a rough leathery
+slope into a hollow, and then the
+platform lifted like a roller coaster.
+In a second the balcony, the whole
+hillside vanished and we went
+rocketing up into the blue sky. A
+gale of wind blew past, almost carrying
+us with it, and then a portion
+of the surface rose and became
+thirty foot tree trunks which curled
+incredibly over and around us,
+forming a small cavern which shut
+out the wind and held us securely
+against falling.</p>
+
+<p>Buddha had closed his fist.</p>
+
+<p>For a breathless fifteen seconds
+we were carried in darkness, and
+then the great hand unfolded. It
+was lying flat on an immense
+smooth area of concrete, which we
+presently identified as the higher of
+the two tables. We got to our feet
+and staggered to the edge of the
+palm. Here we met another problem,
+in the form of a rounded ten
+foot drop-off to the concrete table.
+As we stood looking down in dismay,
+the other vast hand came up
+from below, carrying a heavy sheet
+of metal. This was carefully placed
+with one edge on the hand and the
+other on the table, forming a ramp.
+Holding onto each other for mutual
+support, we made our way to the
+table and there literally collapsed.
+Chamberlin became violently sick,
+and none of the rest of us felt much
+better. The giant carefully withdrew
+both hands and watched us
+from a distance of a hundred yards,
+with only the head and upper part
+of his body visible.</p>
+
+<p>From our position on the concrete
+platform I now looked closely
+at Kazu for the first time. My first
+impression was not so much one of
+size, as of an incredible richness of
+detail. It was like examining a normal
+human through a powerful microscope,
+except here the whole was
+visible at once. Even at a distance
+of two hundred feet, the hair, the
+eyelashes, the pores of the skin
+showed up with a texture and form
+which I had never noted before,
+even in my studies as a biologist.
+The general effect was most confusing,
+for I would lose and regain
+the sense of scale, first thinking of
+him as an ordinary man, and then
+realizing the proportion. The nearest
+comparison that I can think of
+is the sensation when standing very
+close to a large motion picture
+screen, but here the image is blurry
+whereas I saw with a clarity and
+sharpness that was simply unbelievable.</p>
+
+<p>Buddha seemed to realize our
+condition, for he smiled sympathetically,
+and waited until poor Walt
+had recovered somewhat from his
+nausea. Baker, as spokesman, renewed
+the conversation. Walking a
+few steps toward the front of the
+enormous desk, he spoke in a loud
+clear voice.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You have saved our lives. We
+thank you."</p>
+
+<p>The great head nodded benignly,
+and after a thoughtful pause, that
+strange voice began.</p>
+
+<p>"My teachers have brought others
+before me to lecture, but always
+I know that they speak only as they
+are told to speak. You are different.
+I am glad that I saw you last night,
+or I would never know that you
+had come."</p>
+
+<p>He paused, evidently gathering
+his thoughts for the next foray into
+an unfamiliar language. Then he
+leaned closer.</p>
+
+<p>"Phobat Rau has spoken to you
+of my birth and life here?"</p>
+
+<p>Baker nodded, and then, realizing
+that Kazu could not see such
+a microscopic movement, he replied
+orally.</p>
+
+<p>"He has told us your story in detail.
+It is a marvel which we can
+yet scarcely believe. But the greatest
+marvel of all is that you speak our
+language, and comprehend so
+quickly."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu thought of this for a moment.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, my teachers have done
+well, I think. I have studied the
+writings of many great men, but
+there is yet much that I do not understand.
+I think it is important
+that I understand, because I am so
+strong. I do not wish to use this
+strength for evil, and I am not sure
+that those whom my teachers serve
+are good. I have studied the words
+of the great Buddha, but now my
+teachers say that I am to appear as
+if I were Buddha. But that is an untruth,
+and untruth is evil. So now I
+hope that you will tell me the
+whole truth."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu stepped back a quarter of
+a mile, and then reappeared, dragging
+his four hundred foot chair.
+Sitting on this, he crouched forward
+until his face was hardly a
+hundred feet before us, and his
+warm humid breath swept over us
+like wind from some exotic jungle.
+Baker took a moment to marshal
+his thoughts, and then came forward,
+threw out his chest and began
+speaking as though addressing
+an outdoor political meeting.</p>
+
+<p>How long Baker spoke I do not
+know. He began by outlining history,
+contrasting the ideals of
+Buddha and other great religious
+leaders with the dark record of human
+oppression and cruelty. Kazu's
+vast face proved most expressive of
+his feelings as he listened intently.
+When Baker came to the subject of
+communism, he leaned over so far
+backward in his effort to be fair
+that I feared that he was overdoing
+it, and would convince the giant in
+the wrong direction.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> WHEN BAKER was only part-way
+through his lecture, he
+remarked that some point in geography
+could be better explained by
+a drawing, but that obviously he
+could not make one large enough
+for Kazu to see. At this the giant
+laughed and pointed to his big
+leanto.</div>
+
+<p>"Come," he said, "you shall draw
+on a piece of glass and the light will
+make it great that I may see."</p>
+
+<p>We were thereupon transferred
+the mile distance to the building by
+a reversal of our previous route:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>
+up the ramp to Kazu's ample palm,
+a series of breathtaking swoops
+through space, and we were in the
+vast interior of the leanto.</p>
+
+<p>The furnishings of this study
+room consisted of a chair, a sloping
+writing desk and a screen fully two
+hundred feet square on the wall
+opposite the chair. Beside the chair
+was a sort of bracket on the wall
+which supported the projection
+room. Kazu placed his hand level
+with an elevated balcony leading to
+this and we scrambled off. With
+Baker in the lead, we opened the
+door and entered the projection
+room. It was larger than we had estimated
+from outside, when we had
+the immense furniture for comparison.
+The dimensions were perhaps
+forty feet on the side, and most of
+the interior was taken up by shelves
+on which were stored thousands of
+films of book pages, maps, photographs
+and diagrams of all kinds.
+In the side facing the screen were
+a number of ports and a battery of
+movie and still projectors. One of
+the latter was, we saw, adapted for
+writing or drawing on the glass
+slide while it was being projected.
+We studied this for a moment, located
+the special marking pencil,
+and then I called out of the door
+that we were ready.</p>
+
+<p>"Look also," replied Kazu, "you
+will find device which magnify
+voice. My teachers use this always."</p>
+
+<p>A further search disclosed a
+microphone and the switch for a
+public address amplifier. Baker
+settled down to his now illustrated
+lecture.</p>
+
+<p>After he had talked himself
+hoarse, Baker asked each of the
+rest of us to speak briefly on our
+own specialties. I was the last, and
+I was practically through when I
+became aware that we were not
+alone in the room. I gave Martin a
+nudge, and turned from the microphone
+to face eight of the uniformed guards,
+led by our friendly
+yellow-robed priest. Only now he
+wasn't friendly, and he carried a
+heavy automatic which was carefully
+aimed right at us.</p>
+
+<p>"Very clever, gentlemen," he
+said. "You took good advantage of
+your chance with our simple giant,
+did you not? Tried your best to
+ruin the whole work of Pan-Asia
+just to save your miserable skins.
+Well, you shall not&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>He was interrupted by the thunder
+of Kazu's voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Please continue, Mr. Cady. I
+find it most interesting. Why do you
+stop?"</p>
+
+<p>I took a step toward the microphone,
+but a menacing gesture with
+the gun stopped me. I looked from
+yellow-robe to Baker. After a moment's
+hesitation, the latter spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm afraid, my friend, that you
+have misjudged the situation. I
+admit that we jumped into
+Buddha's hand to escape from Phobat
+Rau, but if you are familiar
+with the expression, our leap was
+from the frying pan into the fire.
+Your giant is holding us prisoner,
+and even now forces us to tell him
+things on pain of death."</p>
+
+<p>The priest looked astonished, and
+the gun barrel dropped slightly.</p>
+
+<p>"No one," continued Baker in a
+sincere tone, "could have been
+more welcome than you. But"&mdash;his
+voice dropped and he took a step<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>
+toward the other&mdash;"we must be
+careful. If he should even suspect
+that you are here to rescue us, he
+would crush this room like an egg!"</p>
+
+<p>The priest, now thoroughly
+alarmed, glanced about nervously,
+his automatic pointing at the floor.
+The guards, who knew no English,
+looked at each other in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>Baker took quick advantage of
+the confusion.</p>
+
+<p>"We must not allow him to become
+suspicious. I will continue
+talking over the microphone while
+your guards take my friends to
+safety."</p>
+
+<p>With this he stepped to the
+microphone and projector. The
+priest seemed for an instant about
+to stop him, and then he turned to
+the guards and gave a series of
+rapid orders. They advanced and
+surrounded Martin, Walt and me,
+and indicated by gesture that we
+were to go with them to the walk-way
+which led to the wall of the
+great room. In panic I looked at
+Baker, but he was bent over the
+glass plate of the projector, drawing
+something and speaking in his
+precise clipped voice.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall now show you a map of
+the United States and indicate the
+principal cities. First, on the Atlantic
+coast we have New York...."</p>
+
+<p>We were out of the room and on
+the gallery. For a moment I
+thought that Kazu might see us,
+and then I realized that the whole
+place was dark and that he was
+concentrating on Baker's silly map.
+Briefly I wondered what Baker was
+up to anyway, but this sudden terrible
+turn of events made any kind
+of calm reasoning very difficult.</p>
+
+<p>Outside the projection room,
+Baker's voice came booming over
+the loudspeakers.</p>
+
+<p>"Chicago is located at the
+southern end of Lake Michigan,
+just west of Detroit, while St.
+Louis&mdash;"</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> SUDDENLY the room lights
+came on, and the whole structure
+of the bridge shook as from an
+earthquake. The guards ahead
+abruptly turned and scrambled
+back, knocking us over in their
+haste. I grabbed the handrail for
+support, and then became aware of
+a vast blurry shape looming above
+and of a hand as large as a building
+that reached down toward the
+guards, now halfway back to the
+projection room. In a sort of
+hypnotic horror I watched the
+thumb and forefinger snap them
+and a thirty foot section of railing
+off into space. Then, very gently the
+hand plucked the roof from the
+projection room, exposing Baker
+and the priest. Yellow-robe
+dropped his gun and ran towards
+a corner, but Baker neatly tripped
+him and then stepped back for
+Kazu to finish the job.</div>
+
+<p>A moment later Baker came out
+onto the bridge. Martin tried to
+frame a question.</p>
+
+<p>"What&mdash;how did he&mdash;?"</p>
+
+<p>Baker grinned and pointed silently
+at the screen. We looked and
+understood. Where a map of the
+United States should have been was
+a scrawled message in English:
+"Priests here taking us captive."</p>
+
+<p>We returned to our lecturing, but
+after what had happened neither<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
+we nor Kazu felt much like concentrating
+on geographical or other
+general facts. We all knew that Rau
+had not given up. For the moment
+we were protected by Kazu's immense
+power, but there were some
+doubts in our minds as to how long
+this might last. After all, Rau was
+his lifelong mentor and protector.
+For the moment the young giant
+seemed to have taken a liking to us,
+but perhaps it was only a passing
+whim. Presently Rau would assert
+his authority and Kazu, his curiosity
+satisfied, would hand us over&mdash;in
+exchange, perhaps, for supper.</p>
+
+<p>After about fifteen minutes more
+of lecturing, Kazu interrupted.</p>
+
+<p>"Soon will be sunset. Suggest we
+return to privacy of high table to
+discuss next move."</p>
+
+<p>The transfer took less than a
+minute. The afternoon, we saw,
+was indeed far gone. None of us
+had realized how long we had been
+in the projection room. Once we
+were safely back on the table, Kazu
+addressed us, using his softest voice,
+which was a hurricane-like whisper.</p>
+
+<p>"Phobat Rau plans for me to go
+soon to head armies of Asia in fight
+against west. My study of history
+has raised doubts of rightness of
+such war, and what you say
+strengthen these. Now I must see
+for myself, without guidance or interference
+from Rau. But I need
+assistance, to direct me how I shall
+go. I believe you will be fair. Will
+you help me?"</p>
+
+<p>For a moment the incongruity of
+that last question prevented our
+grasping the full implication of
+Kazu's statement. Then Baker, evidently
+realizing that this was no
+time for philosophic quibbling,
+signified our assent. Kazu proceeded
+at once to practical plans.</p>
+
+<p>"Tonight I sleep in usual place,
+where you disturbed me with small
+rock slide. But you must stay awake
+by turns to guard against capture.
+In morning you direct my steps
+away from Yat to mainland of
+Asia, where&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>He stopped. Seeing the direction
+he was looking, we hastened to the
+edge of the table. Far below, on the
+ground, was a railroad train surrounded
+by a small crowd of priests.
+For a moment we were puzzled,
+and then we saw that the train was
+made up entirely of gondola cars
+such as are used to carry coal and
+other bulk cargo. But these cars, a
+dozen in number, contained a white
+substance which steamed. We did
+not require more than one guess.
+The train brought Kazu's supper.</p>
+
+<p>The giant made a slight bow of
+thanks to the delegation at his feet,
+and proceeded carefully to empty
+the cars into his dish. Then, instead
+of squatting at his low eating table,
+he brought the dish and other
+utensils up to our level and dumped
+a ton or so of steaming rice at our
+feet. Evidently he wished us to
+share his supper. We had no tools
+other than our hands, but since we
+had not eaten in almost twenty-four
+hours, we did not stop for the
+conventions. Scooping up double
+handfuls of the unseasoned stuff,
+we fell to even before Kazu had
+gotten his ponderous spoon into
+position. Suddenly, Baker yelled at
+us.</p>
+
+<p>"Hold it!" He turned to Kazu<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>
+who had a spoonful poised halfway
+to his mouth. "Kazu, don't eat.
+This rice is doped!"</p>
+
+<p>I took a mouthful of the rice.
+There was not much flavor&mdash;only a
+little salt which I guessed came
+from seawater. I explored the stuff
+with my tongue, and presently noticed
+a familiar taste. It took me a
+moment to place it. Yes, that was it.
+Barbiturate. The stuff in sleeping
+pills.</p>
+
+<p>Kazu bent his great face over us.
+Baker briefly explained. Kazu appeared
+at first puzzled. He dropped
+the spoon into the dish and pushed
+it away from him. His brow
+wrinkled, and he glanced down at
+the ground. Walking to the edge,
+we saw that the group of priests
+were standing quietly around the
+engine, as though waiting for something.
+What they were waiting for
+evidently struck Kazu and us at the
+same time. Kazu leaned toward
+them and spoke in Japanese. His
+voice was angry. Baker tried to
+translate.</p>
+
+<p>"He says, 'how dare you poison
+Buddha'&mdash;Look, they're running
+off&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>The next second things happened
+too rapidly for translation or even
+immediate interpretation. Kazu
+spoke again, his voice rising to an
+earth shaking roar at the end. The
+little men below were scattering in
+all directions, and the train started
+to back off down its track. Suddenly
+Kazu turned and picked up his
+hundred foot steel dish. He swept it
+across the table and then down in
+a long curving arc. There was an
+earth shaking thud and where the
+running figures and the train had
+been was now only the upturned
+bottom of the immense dish. Priests
+and cars alike were entombed in a
+thousand tons of hot rice!</p>
+
+<p>Kazu now turned to us. "Come,"
+he said, "Yat is not safe, even for
+Buddha. Now we must leave here
+at once."</p>
+
+<p>He extended his hand towards
+us, and then, with another thought,
+turned and strode to the leanto. In
+a moment he returned carrying
+the projection room, with a tail of
+structural steel and electric cables
+hanging below. This he placed on
+the table and indicated that we
+were to enter. As soon as we were
+inside, Kazu clapped on the roof
+and picked up the stout steel box.
+We clung to the frame supporting
+the projectors, while a mass of
+slides, film cans and other debris
+battered us with every swooping
+motion. We could not see what was
+going on outside, but the giant
+seemed to be picking up a number
+of things from the ground and from
+inside the leanto. Then he commenced
+a regular stride across the
+crater floor. Now at last we got to
+a window, just in time to glimpse
+the nearby cliff. On the rim, some
+hundreds of feet above I saw a
+group of uniformed men clustered
+about some device. Then we were
+closer and I saw that it was an antiaircraft
+gun, which they were trying
+to direct at us. I think Kazu must
+have seen it at the same moment,
+for abruptly he scrambled up the
+steep hillside and pulverized gun,
+crew and the whole crater rim with
+one tremendous blow of his fist.</p>
+
+<p>I got a brief aerial view of the
+whole island as Kazu balanced momentarily<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>
+on the rim, and then we
+were all thrown to the floor as he
+stumbled and slid down the hillside
+to the level country outside of
+the crater.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="r65" />
+<h2>V</h2>
+
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> UP UNTIL this moment we had
+been engaged in an essentially
+personal enterprise, even though its
+object was to secure information
+vital to the United Nations. From
+this time on, however, the personal
+element was to become almost completely
+subordinate to the vast
+problems of humanity itself, for,
+as we were to soon find, we had
+tied ourselves to a symbol that was
+determined to live up to all that was
+claimed or expected of him, and
+further, who depended upon our
+advice. The situation for us was
+made much worse because at first
+we doubted both his sincerity and
+good sense&mdash;in fact, it was not until
+after the Wagnerian climax of the
+whole thing that we at last realized,
+along with the rest of the world,
+exactly what Kazu Takahashi believed
+in.</div>
+
+<p>Kazu crossed the flat eastern half
+of Yat in less than a minute, evidently
+wishing to get out of range
+of Rau's artillery as quickly as possible.
+His feet tore through the
+groves as a normal man's might
+through a field of clover; indeed, he
+experienced more trouble from the
+softness of the ground than from
+any vegetation. As we were soon to
+learn, one of the disadvantages of
+Kazu's size lay in the mechanical
+properties of the world as experienced
+by him. Kazu stood almost
+600 feet high, or roughly 100 times
+the linear dimensions of a normal
+man. From the simple laws of geometry,
+this increased his weight by
+100³ or 1 million times. But the area
+of his body, including the soles of
+his feet which had to support this
+gigantic load, had increased by but
+100², or ten thousand times. The
+ground pressure under his feet was
+thus 100 times greater, for each
+square inch, than for a normal
+man. The result was that Kazu sank
+into the ground at each step until
+he reached bedrock, or soil strong
+enough to carry the load.</p>
+
+<p>At the beach he hesitated briefly,
+as though getting his bearings, and
+then waded into the ocean. The
+surf which had used us so violently
+was to him only a half inch ripple.
+He strode through the shallows and
+past the reef in a matter of seconds,
+and then plunged into deeper
+water. From our dizzy perch, now
+carried at hip height, we watched
+the great feet drive down into the
+sea, leaving green walls of solid
+water about them.</p>
+
+<p>Although we did not realize it at
+the time, we later learned that
+Kazu's wading forays were attended
+by tidal waves which inundated
+islands up to a hundred miles
+away. This trip across a twenty mile
+strait swamped a dozen native fishing
+craft, flooded out four villages
+and killed some hundreds of people.</p>
+
+<p>We fared better than some of
+these innocent bystanders, for Kazu
+carefully held our steel box above
+the sea, and presently lurched
+through shallow water to the dry
+land.</p>
+
+<p>The new island was larger than<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
+Yat, and entirely given over to rice
+growing for Kazu's food supply. He
+threaded his way easily among the
+paddies, up through some low hills,
+and then down a narrow gorge into
+the sea again.</p>
+
+<p>Ahead lay a much more extensive
+body of water. The sun was now
+hardly fifteen degrees above the
+horizon, and its glare plus a bank of
+clouds made it difficult to see the
+distant land. Kazu raised our room
+to the level of his face.</p>
+
+<p>"Is that Island of Celebes?"</p>
+
+<p>Baker started to pick up the
+microphone, and then abruptly
+realizing that it was dead, he
+shouted back from the projection
+port.</p>
+
+<p>"I think it is. Let me look for a
+chart."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu waited patiently while we
+searched, placing the room on a
+hilltop to give us a steadier platform.
+We all began a mad scramble
+in the mass of debris. Kazu removed
+the roof to give more light,
+but it soon became clear that there
+wasn't much hope. All that we
+could find were thousands of slides
+of the Chinese classics. At last we
+gave up. When we told Kazu this,
+he looked across the water and
+wrinkled his brow. We could sense
+the reason for his anxiety, for the
+distant shore could hardly be less
+than seventy miles away. Mentally
+I reduced this to terms I could understand.
+Seven tenths of a mile, of
+which an unknown percentage
+might be swimming.</p>
+
+<p>Kazu's voice rumbled down to
+us, "I would prefer to wade. I cannot
+swim well." He peered down
+into our roofless box anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"If we only had one chart," began
+Baker, when Walt, who had
+been rummaging near the projector
+window, called to us.</p>
+
+<p>"Take a look over there, just
+around the point."</p>
+
+<p>We saw the prow of a ship. There
+was a moment of terror lest it be an
+Indonesian coast patrol, and then
+we saw that it was just a small
+island steamer of a thousand tons
+or so, chugging along less than two
+miles offshore.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> I THINK that the idea hit us all
+at the same instant. Baker, as
+spokesman, called to Kazu. The
+giant, for the first time, grinned at
+us. Then he picked up our box and
+waded into the ocean.</div>
+
+<p>I don't think the people in the
+little ship even saw us until we were
+practically upon them, because of
+the mist and sunset glare. What
+they thought I can only imagine,
+for the water was little more than
+knee deep and Kazu towered fully
+four hundred feet above it. Then a
+hand as big as the foredeck reached
+down and gently stopped them by
+the simple expedient of forming a
+V between thumb and fingers into
+which the prow pushed. I heard
+the sound of bells and saw tiny
+figures scurrying about on the deck.
+On the opposite side a number of
+white specks appeared in the water
+as crewmen dove overboard. Our
+box was now lowered until its door
+was next to the bridge. We leaped
+aboard, under cover of a great hand
+which obligingly plucked away the
+near wall of the pilot house. We
+entered the house just as the captain<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>
+beat a precipitate retreat out
+the other side, and after a moment
+in the chartroom we found what we
+wanted. While Martin stood watch
+at the far door, we took advantage
+of the electric lights to examine the
+chart of the east coast of Celebes.
+That island, we found, was only
+sixty miles away and the deepest
+sounding was less than six hundred
+feet. Kazu could wade the whole
+distance.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> THE NAUTICAL charts did not
+show much detail for the interior
+of Celebes, but from our elevation
+we could see enough of the
+terrain to guide Kazu quite well.
+The course which Baker plotted
+took us across the northern part of
+the big island, and far enough inland
+to avoid easy detection from
+the sea. As the day progressed, the
+sky gradually filled with clouds,
+promising more rain, so that I
+doubt if many people saw us. Those
+who did, I suspect, were more interested
+in taking cover than in interfering
+with Kazu's progress.</div>
+
+<p>The journey across Celebes took
+only a couple of hours, and so, by
+noon, we stood on the shore of the
+strait of Macassar, looking across
+seventy-five miles of blue water to
+the mountains of Borneo.</p>
+
+<p>It was not until now that Baker
+explained what he had in mind in
+choosing this particular route.</p>
+
+<p>"We're going to Singapore," he
+said. "Get under the protection of
+the Royal Navy and Air Force
+before the commies spot us and
+start dropping bombs and rockets.
+If Buddha wants to see the world,
+he'd better start by getting a good
+bodyguard."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu seemed agreeable when appraised
+of this plan, and so we began
+to plot a more detailed route
+over the 1,100 miles between us and
+the British crown colony. We stood
+at the narrowest part of the strait,
+but unfortunately most of it was
+too deep for Kazu to wade.
+Reference to the charts showed that
+by going 250 miles south, we would
+reduce the swim to about 30 miles,
+or the equivalent of some 500 yards
+for a normal man. To this was
+added a wade of 120 miles through
+shallows and over the many small
+Balabalagan Islands.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly Kazu's hand swept
+down and came up with a 60-foot
+whale, which he devoured in great
+gory bites. After this midocean
+lunch, Kazu resumed his wading.
+In the middle of the strait the
+depth exceeded five thousand feet,
+and he had to swim for a time, after
+fastening our box to his head by
+means of the trailing cables.</p>
+
+<p>At length the sea became shallow
+once more, Kazu's feet crunched
+through coral, and the coast of
+Borneo appeared dimly ahead. We
+were all taking time for the luxury
+of a sigh of relief when Chamberlin
+screamed a warning.</p>
+
+<p>"Planes! Coming in low at three
+o'clock!"</p>
+
+<p>Fortunately Kazu heard this also,
+although the language confused
+him. Precious seconds were wasted
+while he held the box up to his face
+for more explicit directions. The
+planes, a flight of six, were streaking
+towards us just above the wavetops.
+We could see that they carried torpedoes,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
+and it was not difficult to
+guess their intentions.</p>
+
+<p>"Go sideways!" Baker yelled, but
+Kazu did not move. He simply
+stood facing the oncoming aircraft,
+our box held in his left hand at
+head level, and his right arm hanging
+at his side, half submerged.
+Either Kazu was too frightened to
+move, or he did not understand the
+danger. The planes were hardly a
+half mile away now, evidently holding
+their fire until the last moment
+to insure a hit. What even one torpedo
+could do I didn't dare to
+contemplate, and here were twelve
+possible strikes. After all, Kazu was
+made of flesh, and after having seen
+the effect of TNT on the steel side
+of a ship, I had little doubt as to
+what would happen to him.</p>
+
+<p>Now the last seconds were at
+hand. The planes were closing at
+five hundred yards, the torpedoes
+would drop in a second.... But
+suddenly Kazu moved. His whole
+body swung abruptly to the left and
+at the same time the right hand
+came up through the water. We, of
+course, were pitched headlong, but
+we did briefly glimpse a tremendous
+fan of solid green water rising up
+to meet the planes. They tried to
+dodge but it was too late. Into the
+waterspout they flew, all six with
+their torpedoes still attached, and
+down into the ocean they fell,
+broken and sinking. It was all over
+in a moment. We were so amazed it
+was moments before we could
+move.</p>
+
+<p>Kazu turned and resumed his
+stroll toward Borneo without a single
+backward glance at the havoc
+wrought by his splash.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> AS WE entered the foothills
+I became conscious for the
+first time of a curious change. It
+was a psychological change in me,
+a change in my sense of scale. We
+had been carried so long at Kazu's
+shoulder level, and had grown so
+accustomed to looking out along his
+arms from almost the same viewpoint
+as his, that we were now estimating
+the size of the mountains
+as though we were as large as Kazu!
+It is difficult to express just how I
+felt, and now that it is all over, the
+memory has become so tenuous and
+subtle that I fear I will never be
+able to explain it so that anyone
+but my three companions could understand.
+But this was the first moment
+that I noticed the effect. The
+mountains were suddenly no longer
+4,000 foot peaks viewed from
+a plane 500 feet above ground level,
+but were forty foot mounds with a
+six inch cover of mossy brush, and
+I was walking up their sides as a
+normal human being! The change
+was, as nearly as I can express it,
+from the viewpoint of a normal human
+being under extraordinary circumstances
+to that of an ordinary
+man visiting a miniature world.
+The whale to me was now a fat
+jellyfish seven inches long, the
+Chinese warplanes were toys with
+an eight inch wingspread, the little
+steamer of yesterday was a flimsy
+toy built of cardboard and tinfoil.
+We had, in effect, identified ourselves
+completely with Kazu.</div>
+
+<p>And so we climbed dripping from
+the Straits of Macassar, and entered
+the mists and jungles of Borneo.</p>
+
+<p>Our course toward Singapore
+carried us across the full width of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
+southern Borneo, a distance, from a
+point north of Kotabaroe to Cape
+Datu, of almost six hundred miles.</p>
+
+<p>After about an hour, the blue
+outlines of the Schwanner Mountains
+appeared ahead and presently
+we passed quite close to Mt. Raya,
+which at 7,500 feet was the greatest
+mountain Kazu had ever seen.
+Then, dropping into another valley,
+we followed the course of the
+Kapuas River for a time, and finally
+turned west again through an
+area of plantations. Here Kazu
+made an effort to secure food by
+plucking and eating fruit and treetops
+together. The result was unsatisfactory,
+but presently we came
+upon a granary containing thousands
+of sacks of rice. The workmen,
+warned by our earthquake approach,
+fled long before we reached
+it. Kazu carefully removed the corrugated
+iron roof and ate the whole
+contents of the warehouse, which
+amounted to about a handful. The
+sacks appeared about a quarter of
+an inch in length, and seemed to
+be filled with a fine white powder.</p>
+
+<p>Following this meal, Kazu
+drained a small lake, getting incidentally
+a goodly catch of carp, although
+he could not even taste
+them. Then, since it was now late in
+the afternoon, he turned northwest
+to the hills to spend the night.</p>
+
+<p>The last part of the journey was
+almost entirely through shallow
+water&mdash;three hundred miles of the
+warm South China Sea. Baker
+planned to make a before dawn
+start, so that we might be close to
+the Malay Peninsula before daylight
+could expose us to further attack.
+Kazu suggested pushing on at
+once, but Baker did not think it
+wise to approach the formidable
+defenses of Singapore by night.
+And so for a second time we sought
+out an isolated valley where Kazu
+could snuggle between two soft
+hills, and we could get what sleep
+was possible in the wreckage of the
+projection room.</p>
+
+<p>The China Sea passage was made
+without incident. We started at
+three A.M. in a downpour of rain,
+and by six, at dawn, the low outline
+of the Malay Peninsula came into
+sight. We made our landfall some
+forty miles north of Singapore, and
+at once cut across country toward
+Johore Bahru and the great British
+crown colony.</p>
+
+<p>The rice paddies, roads and other
+signs of civilization were a welcome
+sight, and I was already relaxing,
+mentally, in a hot tub at the officers
+club when the awakening came. It
+came in the form of a squadron of
+fighter planes carrying British
+markings which roared out of the
+south without warning and passed
+Kazu's head with all their guns firing.
+Fortunately neither his eyes nor
+our thin shelled box was hit, but
+Kazu felt the tiny projectiles which
+penetrated even his twelve inch
+hide. As the planes wheeled for another
+pass he called out in English
+that he was a friend, but of course
+the pilots could not hear above the
+roar of their jets. On the second try
+two of the planes released rockets,
+which fortunately missed, but this
+put a different light on the whole
+thing. A direct hit with a ten inch
+rocket would be as dangerous as
+a torpedo. Baker tried to yell some
+advice, but there was no chance<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span>
+before the planes came in again.
+This time Kazu waved, and finally
+threw a handful of earth and trees
+at them. The whole squadron
+zoomed upwards like a covey of
+startled birds.</p>
+
+<p>By the time we had reached a
+temporary haven, Kazu was thoroughly
+winded, and we were battered
+nearly insensible. Baker, in
+fact, was out cold. Kazu slowed
+down, and then finding no directions
+or advice forthcoming, he
+resumed a steady dogtrot to the
+north. Martin and I tried to draw
+Baker to a safer position beside the
+projector, but in the process one of
+the steel shelves collapsed, adding
+Martin to the casualty list. Walt
+and I then attempted to drag the
+two of them to safety, but in the
+midst of these efforts a particularly
+hard lurch sent me headfirst into
+the projector, and my interest in
+proceedings thereupon became nil.
+Walt, battered and seasick, gave up
+and collapsed with the rest of us.
+Further efforts at communication
+by Kazu proved fruitless. Buddha
+was on his own.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="r65" />
+<h2>VI</h2>
+
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> I AWOKE with a throbbing
+headache to find the steel room
+motionless, and warm sunshine
+streaming into my face. Looking
+around, I saw that my three companions
+were all up and apparently
+in good shape. Baker was the first
+to notice that I was awake, and he
+came over immediately.</div>
+
+<p>"Feel better?" he inquired cheerfully.</p>
+
+<p>He helped me up and I staggered
+to the window. The room was
+perched, as usual, on a hilltop, but
+the vegetation around was not
+tropical jungle. I turned to the
+others, noting as I did that the
+room was cleaned up.</p>
+
+<p>"Where&mdash;" I started, with a
+gesture outside. Baker stopped me
+and led me to an improvised canvas
+hammock.</p>
+
+<p>"You really got a nasty one," he
+said. "You've been out two days."</p>
+
+<p>"Two days!" I tried to rise, but
+the effort so increased the headache
+that I gave up and collapsed into
+the hammock.</p>
+
+<p>"Just lie quiet and I'll bring you
+up to date." Baker drew up an
+empty film box for a seat. "I was
+knocked about a bit myself, you
+know, and by the time I came
+around, our friend had trotted the
+whole length of the Malay Peninsula
+and was halfway across
+Burma."</p>
+
+<p>"But the people at Singapore,"
+I began, "Don't those fools know
+yet&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Things have changed," said
+Baker. "The biggest change has
+been in Buddha's mind. He took
+our advice and almost got killed
+for his pains. Now he's on his own."</p>
+
+<p>I tried to look through the open
+door. Baker shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>"He's not here. No&mdash;" this in
+answer to my startled look, "just off
+for a stroll, towards China this time,
+I think. Yesterday he visited Lhasa.
+Said it's quite a place. Talked to the
+Lamas in Tibetan, and they understood
+him. He calls it playing
+Buddha."</p>
+
+<p>Baker got up and searched
+among the maps, finally finding one<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>
+of southeast Asia. He spread it out
+before me, and placed a finger
+rather vaguely on the great Yunnan
+Plateau between Burma and China.</p>
+
+<p>"We're here, somewhere. Buddha
+doesn't know exactly, himself. He
+made it to Lhasa by following the
+Himalayas, and watching for the
+Potala. I hope he'll find his way
+back this time&mdash;be a bit awkward
+for us if he doesn't."</p>
+
+<p>He stepped outside and brought
+in some cold cooked rice and meat.</p>
+
+<p>"Kazu brought us a handful of
+cows yesterday. They were practically
+mashed into hamburger. I
+guess you'd call this pounded
+steak."</p>
+
+<p>I ate some of the meat and settled
+back to rest again. Presently I dozed
+off.</p>
+
+<p>When I awakened it was dark
+and Kazu was back. Martin had
+started a big campfire outside, evidently
+with Kazu's aid, for it was
+stoked with several logs fully eight
+feet in diameter and was sending
+flames fifty feet into the sky. Kazu
+himself was squatting directly over
+it, staring down at us. When I came
+to the door, he spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, little brother Bill. I am so
+sorry that you were hurt. I am
+afraid I forgot to be gentle, and
+that is not forgiveable in Buddha."</p>
+
+<p>I made an appropriate reply, and
+then waited. Evidently he had as
+yet told nothing of his day's expedition.
+Finally he plucked a roasted
+bullock from the fire and popped it
+into his mouth like a nut.</p>
+
+<p>"Today," he said, "I visit Chungking,
+Nanking, Peking. I think
+I see hundred million Chinese. I
+know more than that see me. Also I
+talk to them. They understand, for
+miles. They expected me. As you
+say, brother Llewelyn, Rau has excellent
+propaganda machine.
+Everywhere they hail me as Buddha,
+come to save them from war
+and disease and western imperialism.
+I speak to them as Buddha;
+today, I am Buddha."</p>
+
+<p>Baker glanced at us meaningfully
+and murmured, "I was afraid of
+this." But Kazu continued.</p>
+
+<p>"Today all of China believes I am
+Buddha. Only you and I know this
+is not so, but we can fight best if
+they believe."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you eaten?" inquired
+Martin. Kazu nodded.</p>
+
+<p>"At every temple they collect rice
+for Buddha. Many small meals
+make full belly. But," his face
+wrinkled with concern, "many
+thousands could live on what I eat
+today. China is so poor. So many
+people, so little food. I must find
+ways to help them." He paused,
+and then resumed in a firmer tone.</p>
+
+<p>"But not in communist way. Rau
+was right about western imperialists,
+but he named wrong country.
+Russian imperialists have enslaved
+China. First we must drive communists
+from China. Then I can
+help."</p>
+
+<p>"Amen," said Baker softly. Then,
+to Kazu....</p>
+
+<p>"We've been trying to do just
+that for years. But how can you
+fight seven hundred million people?"</p>
+
+<p>"Don't fight&mdash;lead them."</p>
+
+<p>It sounded so simple, the way
+he said it. Well, maybe he could.
+But now Baker had more practical
+questions.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What does the rest of the world
+think about all this? Have you
+talked to any Europeans, or heard
+a radio?"</p>
+
+<p>Kazu shook his head. "But I
+caught communist General. He tell
+me Russia sending army to capture
+me. He say only hope is for me to
+surrender, or Russian drop atom
+bomb on me. Then I eat him."</p>
+
+<p>We must have showed our
+startled reaction, for Kazu laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"Not much nourishment in communist.
+I eat him for propaganda&mdash;many
+people see me do it. Effect
+very good." He paused. "Not tasty,
+but symbolic meal. China is like
+Buddha, giant who can eat up enemies."</p>
+
+<p>"What are you going to do
+next?" asked Baker.</p>
+
+<p>"That is question. I need more
+information. Where is leadership in
+China I can trust? What will Russians
+do? How long for British and
+Americans to wake up?"</p>
+
+<p>"You're not the only one asking
+these questions," said Baker. "But
+maybe you can get some answers."</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> BEFORE Kazu could continue,
+Chamberlin held up his
+hand for silence. We listened, and
+presently heard above the crackle of
+the great bonfire, the throb of an
+airplane engine. Kazu heard it too,
+for he suddenly arose and stepped
+back out of the light. We four also
+hastened into the shadows and
+peered into the dark sky. The approaching
+aircraft displayed no
+lights, but presently we saw it in
+the firelight&mdash;a multi-jet bomber
+bearing American markings. We
+rushed back into the illuminated
+area and danced up and down,
+waving our arms. The huge plane
+swung in a wide circle and came in
+less than five hundred feet above
+the hilltop. I could make out faces
+peering down at us from the glassed
+greenhouse in front. As it roared
+past, one wing tipped slightly in the
+updraft from the fire, and then
+suddenly the plane stopped dead in
+its tracks. The jets roared a deeper
+note as they bit into still air, and
+then very slowly and gently the
+great ship moved back and down
+until it rested on its belly beside our
+steel box. Not until it was quite
+safe on the ground did Kazu's
+hands release their hold on the
+wings, where he had caught it in
+midair.</div>
+
+<p>The eleven crew men from the
+B125 came out with their hands in
+the air, but their expressions were
+more incredulous than frightened.
+Baker added to the unreality of the
+situation by his greeting, done in
+the best "Dr. Livingstone-I-presume"
+manner.</p>
+
+<p>"Welcome to Camp Yunnan.
+Sorry we had to be so abrupt. I'm
+Baker, these are Chamberlin,
+Martin, Cady."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm Faulkner," replied the leader
+of the Americans automatically,
+and then he abruptly sat down and
+was violently sick. We waited patiently
+until he could speak again.</p>
+
+<p>"My God, I didn't believe it
+when we heard." He was talking
+to no-one in particular. "One minute
+we're flying at 450 miles per
+hour, the next we're picked out of
+the air like a&mdash;like a&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>He gave up. Kazu came into the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>
+firelight and squatted down, quite
+slowly. Baker introduced him.</p>
+
+<p>"Colonel, I'd like you to meet
+Kazu Takahashi." The American
+arose and extended his hand, and
+then dropped it abruptly to his side.
+Kazu emitted a thunderous
+chuckle.</p>
+
+<p>"Handshake is, I fear, formality
+I must always pass up, even at risk
+of impoliteness."</p>
+
+<p>I think that the language, and
+particularly the phrasing, jolted the
+airmen even more than the actual
+capture. Colonel Faulkner kept
+shaking his head and murmuring
+"My God!" for several moments,
+and then pulled himself together.
+"So the story's really true after all,"
+he finally said. "We got it on the
+radio day before yesterday at
+Manila. It was so garbled at first
+that nobody could make any sense.
+Ships reported thousand foot men
+wading in the ocean. New Macassar
+radio reported that Buddha was reincarnated,
+and then denied the
+story. Announcements of a pitched
+battle at Singapore, and frantic reports
+from every town on the peninsula.
+Then a statement by some
+Lama on Macassar that the British
+had kidnaped Buddha, had him
+hypnotized or doped, and were using
+him to exterminate China."</p>
+
+<p>He paused and looked up at
+Kazu, who had bent down until
+his face was only a hundred feet
+above us.</p>
+
+<p>"Part of it is true," said Baker.
+"There was a giant wading in the
+ocean. As to the rest, I fear we have
+caught the red radio without a
+script. I'll tell you the story presently,
+but just now there are more urgent
+things to do. Is your radio
+working?"</p>
+
+<p>Faulkner nodded and led us towards
+the plane. Baker continued.</p>
+
+<p>"Briefly, Kazu is a mutation produced
+by the Hiroshima bomb. He's
+been groomed for twenty years to
+take over as the world's largest puppet,
+but it turns out he has a mind
+of his own. We just happened
+along, and are going on for the
+ride. Want to join the party?"</p>
+
+<p>The Colonel grinned for the first
+time as we all squeezed into the
+radio compartment of the plane.</p>
+
+<p>"I like travel," he said. "It's so
+broadening."</p>
+
+<p>The radio was not only operative,
+but proved most informative as
+well. Every transmitter on earth,
+it seemed, was talking about the
+giant. In the course of an hour we
+listened to a dozen major stations
+and got as many versions of the
+story. The communist propaganda
+factory had obviously been caught
+flat footed, for their broadcasts
+were a hopeless mixture of releases
+evidently prepared for the planned
+introduction of Buddha to the
+world, and hastily assembled diatribes
+against the capitalist imperialists
+who had so foully captured
+him. Some of the Russians apparently
+were not in on the secret of
+Buddha's dimensions, for they
+described in detail how a raiding
+party of eighty American commando-gangsters
+had landed by
+parachute on Yat, seized Buddha,
+and taken him away in a seaplane.</p>
+
+<p>Before we went to sleep that
+night, Kazu extinguished the fire
+so that no one else would be attracted
+as the Colonel had been.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span></p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> NEXT morning the first question
+concerned transportation.
+Colonel Faulkner naturally
+did not want to leave his plane,
+particularly since it was undamaged,
+but a takeoff from our narrow
+mountain ledge was obviously
+impossible, so he regretfully ordered
+his crew to unload their personal
+effects for transfer to our box. At
+this point Kazu stepped in.</div>
+
+<p>"If you will enter your airplane
+and start jets," he said, "Buddha
+will serve as launching mechanism."</p>
+
+<p>Before the takeoff, the Colonel
+transferred his spare radio gear to
+our box, along with an auxiliary
+generator, and we agreed on a
+schedule to keep in touch. Then
+Kazu gently picked up the bomber,
+raised it high above his head and
+sent it gliding off to the north. The
+engines coughed a couple of times
+and then caught with a roar. Colonel
+Faulkner wagged his wings and
+vanished into the haze.</p>
+
+<p>Our plan was to follow the
+plane east to the Wu River, and
+then north to its meeting with the
+Yangtze, which occurs some seventy
+five miles below Chungking.
+While the B125 cruised around us
+in a great circle, we loaded our belongings
+into the box, and Kazu
+picked us up and signalled the
+plane that we were ready. Colonel
+Faulkner's intention had been to
+circle us rather than leave us behind
+with his superior speed, but
+in a moment it became clear that
+this would not be necessary. Kazu
+set off down the canyon at a pace
+better than three hundred miles per
+hour, and the Colonel had to gun
+his motors to keep up.</p>
+
+<p>We passed only a few small
+towns on the Wu. Kazu had been
+here before, and had evidently
+stopped to talk and make friends,
+for we observed none of the fright
+which had formerly greeted his advent.
+Instead, crowds ran out to
+meet us, waving the forbidden Nationalist
+flag and shooting off firecrackers.
+Kazu spoke briefly in
+Cantonese to each group, and then
+hurried on. Baker explained that
+he was giving them formal blessings,
+in the name of Buddha.</p>
+
+<p>An hour's time brought us to
+Fowchow, on the mighty Yangtze
+Kiang. Here Kazu turned left,
+wading in the stream, and negotiated
+the seventy odd miles to
+Chungking in fifteen minutes.</p>
+
+<p>The distance from Chungking to
+Hankow is somewhat more than
+five hundred miles. For much of
+this distance the Yangtze is
+bounded by mountains and rocky
+gorges, but in the final 150 miles,
+the hills drop away and the river
+winds slowly through China's lake
+country. Kazu made good time in
+the gorge, but his feet sank a hundred
+feet into the soft alluvial soil
+of the lowlands and he had constantly
+to watch out for villages
+and farms.</p>
+
+<p>Buddha had not visited Hankow
+before, but he was expected.
+Even before the city came into
+view, the roads were lined with people
+and the canals and lakes
+jammed with sampans. Just outside
+of the city we noticed a small
+group of men in military uniform
+under a white flag. We guessed
+that they represented the communist<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
+city government, and so did
+Kazu, for he set our box beside the
+group and ordered the spokesman
+to come in for a parlay. The unfortunate
+officer who was picked
+obviously did not relish the idea,
+particularly after Martin cracked
+in English, "He doesn't look fat
+enough." Giving Martin a glare, he
+drew himself up stiffly and said,
+"General Soo prepared to die, if
+necessary for people of China."</p>
+
+<p>The communist General showed
+somewhat less bravado after the
+stomach turning ascent to the six
+hundred foot level, but he managed
+to get off a speech in answer
+to Kazu's question. As before,
+Baker gave us a running translation.</p>
+
+<p>"He says welcome to Hankow.
+The people's government, ever responsive
+to the will of the citizens,
+joins with all faithful Buddhists in
+welcoming Buddha, and in expressing
+heartfelt thanksgiving that
+rumors claiming Buddha to be a
+puppet of western imperialists are
+all false. Now he's saying that there
+is to be a big party&mdash;a banquet&mdash;for
+Buddha, in the central square.
+Rice has been collected and cooked,
+and a thousand sheep slaughtered
+to feed hungry Buddha."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu replied formally that while
+he appreciated the hospitality of
+the people of Hankow, he could
+not accept food from the enemies
+of China. These words, which were
+clearly audible to the entire city,
+were greeted with cheers by the
+throng below. The General took
+this in, thought about it a moment,
+and then made a neat about face.</p>
+
+<p>"General Soo," said he stoutly,
+"was communist when he believed
+communism only hope for China.
+You have changed everything.
+General Soo now faithful Buddhist!"</p>
+
+<p>"May I," said Baker with a grin,
+"be the first to congratulate General
+Soo on his perspicacity."</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> AS THE General had promised,
+there was a great banquet
+spread. In spite of Soo's protestations,
+Baker insisted on sampling
+each course rather extensively
+for sleeping potions or poison,
+but either the idea had not occurred
+to the communists, or there
+hadn't been enough time, or poison
+available.</div>
+
+<p>For the most part the civil government
+of Hankow joined with
+General Soo in a loudly declared
+conversion to Buddhism without
+communist trappings. In spite of
+Baker's skepticism, I believed that
+most of them were quite sincere. At
+least, they sincerely wanted to be on
+the side with the most power, and
+for the time being at least, Kazu
+seemed an easy winner. General
+Soo, in particular, insisted on making
+a long speech in which he declared
+the Russians to be the true
+"western imperialists", now unmasked,
+who since the days of the
+first Stalin had sought to enslave
+China with lies and trickery. Baker
+shook his head over this, and privately
+opined that Soo was a very
+poor fence straddler: such remarks
+went beyond the needs of expediency,
+and would probably completely
+alienate him from the
+Kremlin. However, the crowd<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>
+thought it was all fine.</p>
+
+<p>Kazu replied with a short, and
+generally well planned statement of
+his policy.</p>
+
+<p>"Those who follow me," he concluded,
+"have no easy path. They
+must be strong, to throw off the
+yoke of those who would enslave
+them, but they must be merciful to
+their enemies in defeat, even to
+those who but a moment before
+were at their throats. For though
+we win the war, if we at the same
+time forget what we have fought
+for, then we have indeed lost all. I
+proclaim to all China, and to her
+enemies both within and without
+our borders, that the faith of Buddha
+has returned, and that interference
+in China's affairs by any
+other nation will not be tolerated."</p>
+
+<p>Colonel Faulkner had landed at
+the Hankow airport and now,
+with his crew, shared our private
+banquet on the terrace of the city's
+largest hotel, only a few hundred
+feet from where Kazu squatted.
+Under cover of the cheering and
+speechmaking, he relayed to us
+some news which he had heard on
+the radio, which was not quite so
+rosy.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed, first, that the Chinese
+III Army, under General Wu, had
+declared itself for Buddha, and
+was engaged in a pitched battle
+with the Manchurian First Army
+north of Tientsin. The communist
+garrison at Shanghai, where there
+was a large population of Russian
+"colonists", had holed in, awaiting
+attack by a Buddhist Peoples Army
+assembled from revolting elements
+of the II and VII Corps at Nanking.
+A revolt at Canton, far to
+the south, had been put down by
+the communists with the aid of air
+support coming directly from Russia.
+The most ominous note, however,
+was a veiled threat by old
+Mao himself that if mutinous elements
+did not submit, he might call
+upon his great ally to the east to
+use the atomic bomb. Mao spoke
+apparently from near Peking,
+where he was assembling the I and
+V Armies.</p>
+
+<p>We digested this news while
+Kazu finished the last of his 1000
+sheep. We all cast anxious glances
+into the sky. Soviet planes at Canton
+meant that they could be here
+also, and Buddha, squatting in a
+glare of light in the midst of Hankow,
+was a sitting duck for a bombing
+attack.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the main part of the
+formalities were over, Baker managed
+to get Kazu's attention, and
+informed him of the situation.
+Kazu's reaction was immediate
+and to the point.</p>
+
+<p>"We do not await attack. We go
+north to free our brothers, and to
+instruct our errant General Mao in
+Buddha's truth."</p>
+
+<p>By the time we were packed and
+in our travelling box, the time was
+eight-thirty. Reference to our map
+showed the airline distance from
+Hankow to Peking to be about
+630 miles, and Buddha, greatly refreshed
+by the food and rest, promised
+to reach the capital by eleven.</p>
+
+<p>To make walking easier, Baker
+plotted a route which avoided the
+lowlands, particularly the valley of
+the Yellow River, in favor of a
+slightly longer course through the
+mountains to the east. We started<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
+northwest, splashing through the
+swamps and lakes around Hankow
+at first, and presently reached
+firmer ground in the Hawiyang
+Shan. We followed the ridge of
+these mountains for a time, and
+then dropped to the hilly country
+of Honan Province. At first the
+night was very dark, but presently
+the light of a waning moon made
+an occasional fix possible, although
+navigation was confusing and uncertain
+at best.</p>
+
+<p>We splashed across the Yellow
+River at ten o'clock, somewhere
+east of Kaifeng, and for a time were
+greatly slowed by what appeared
+to be thick gumbo.</p>
+
+<p>Our speed improved once we got
+up into the rugged Taihang Mountains.
+Here also we felt safer from
+air observation or attack, although
+Kazu was soon panting from the
+exertion of crossing an endless succession
+of fifteen to thirty foot
+ridges. This was indeed rough
+country, terrain which had protected
+the lush plains of China for
+centuries against the Mongols.
+Here the great wall had been built,
+and presently, in the moonlight, we
+saw its trace, winding serpentlike
+over the mountains.</p>
+
+<p>We followed the Wall for almost
+two hundred miles&mdash;all the way, in
+fact, to the latitude of Peking&mdash;before
+we swung east again for the
+final lap to Mao's capital.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> DURING the last hour we
+trailed an antenna and listened
+in on the world of radio.
+The news was not good. The
+Shanghai garrison had sprung a
+trap on their disorganized attackers,
+and were marching on Nanking.
+Mao's armies were closing the
+southern half of a great pincers on
+Wu's troops, and only awaited the
+dawn to launch the final assault.
+Worst of all, there had been reports
+of increasing Soviet air activity
+over the area; a major air
+strike also apparently would come
+with daylight.</div>
+
+<p>We were scarcely halfway from
+the edge of the city to the moated
+summer palace when a small hell
+of gunfire broke out around Kazu's
+feet. He jumped, with a roar of
+pain, and then lashed out with one
+foot, sweeping away a whole city
+block and demolishing the ambush.
+Limping slightly, he made the remaining
+distance by a less direct
+route and at last stood at the moat
+before the palace. The ancient
+building, and, indeed, everything
+about, was quite dark. Kazu peered
+about uncertainly, and then raised
+our box to ask for advice. Baker
+was pessimistic.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think you'll find General
+Mao here. But at this stage of
+things, I don't believe it would matter
+if you did. The decision will be
+made tomorrow by the armies."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu stepped carefully over the
+moat and wall, and sat down
+wearily in the gardens of the summer
+palace. We peered with interest
+at the foliage, marble bridges
+and the graceful buildings, illuminated
+only by ghostly moonlight.
+With Kazu squatting among them,
+they looked like models, a toy village
+out of ancient China. I wished
+that a picture might be taken, for
+surely never before had Buddha<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>
+been in so appropriate a setting.</p>
+
+<p>While Kazu rested, we examined
+his feet. A number of machine gun
+bullets had entered his foot thick
+hide, and there was one wound a
+yard long from which oozed a sticky
+gelatinous blood. There did not
+appear to be any serious damage,
+although the chances of infection
+worried us. In any event, there was
+nothing we could do except douse
+it with buckets of water from the
+moat. Kazu thanked us formally,
+as befitted a deity, and added, as
+though talking to himself,</p>
+
+<p>"Now is the most difficult time.
+How can I bring peace without
+the use of violence? I can appear
+before these armies and command
+them to stop. But what if they do
+not obey? Should I use force? Oh,
+that I were really the Great Lord
+Buddha&mdash;then I would have the
+wisdom, the knowledge that is a
+thousand times more potent than
+giant size. Oh Buddha, grant me
+wisdom, if only for a moment, that
+I may act rightly."</p>
+
+<p>Presently the giant stretched out
+full length in the garden and, while
+we kept guard, slept for a time.</p>
+
+<p>The first pale glow of dawn appeared
+soon after five, and we were
+preparing to awaken Kazu when
+Martin held up a warning hand.
+We listened. At first we heard nothing,
+and then there came a deep
+drone of jets. Not a single plane,
+not even a squadron. Nothing less
+than a great fleet of heavy aircraft
+was approaching Peking from the
+west. Baker fired his automatic repeatedly
+near Kazu's ear, and presently
+his rumbly breathing changed
+and he opened his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"Planes," said Baker briefly. "It's
+not safe here. Better get moving."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu sat up, yawning, and we
+climbed into the box. The giant
+took a long draught from the nearest
+fishpond and tied our cage to
+his neck and shoulder so that both
+of his hands would be free.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the noise of the
+planes had increased to a roar,
+which echoed through the silent
+city. Kazu arose to his full height
+and waited. A pinkish line of light
+had now appeared along the eastern
+horizon which, I realized with consternation,
+must silhouette the
+mighty tower of Kazu's body to
+whomever was coming out of the
+western shadows.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop">AND THEN then we saw them. A
+great fleet of heavy bombers,
+flying high, far beyond even Kazu's
+reach. Baker seized the glasses to
+look, and then gave a cry of warning.
+The leading plane had
+dropped something&mdash;a black
+spherical object above which blossomed
+a parachute. I think that
+Kazu realized what it was as soon
+as we, but he still stood quietly.
+Baker lost whatever calm he had
+left and screamed, "Run, run&mdash;it's
+the H-bomb!" but still Kazu
+did not move. In a moment another
+of the deadly spheres appeared, directly
+over us, and then a third.
+Now at last Kazu moved, but not
+toward safety. He walked slowly
+until he was directly beneath the
+first bomb, and reached up, until
+his hand was a thousand feet in the
+air. Down came the bomb, quite
+rapidly, for the parachute was not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
+very large.</div>
+
+<p>"What's the matter with the
+fool," yelled Martin. But now Baker
+seemed to get Kazu's idea.</p>
+
+<p>"It has barometric fusing&mdash;it's
+set to detonate at a certain altitude.
+If that's below a thousand feet, and
+Kazu can catch it, it won't go off!"</p>
+
+<p>Martin started something about
+detonation at two thousand feet,
+when Kazu gave a slight jump and
+his hand closed about the deadly
+thing, as though he had caught a
+fly. We cowered, expecting the flash
+that would mean the end, but nothing
+happened. In Kazu's crushing
+grip the firing mechanism was reduced
+to wreckage before it could
+act. When Buddha opened his
+palm, it contained only a wad of
+crumpled metal inside of which
+was a now harmless sphere of plutonium.</p>
+
+<p>In quick succession Kazu repeated
+this performance with the
+other two bombs, wadded the
+whole together and flung it to
+the ground. Then he turned to the
+north.</p>
+
+<p>By the time we had cleared the
+city, it was quite light, and we could
+see a dark pall of smoke in the
+northeast. The armies which had
+been poised last night had finally
+met, and a great battle was underway.
+Kazu hurried towards it, and
+presently we could hear the crackle
+of small arms fire and the heavier
+explosions of mortars and rockets.
+It took a moment or so for Kazu to
+get his bearings. Evidently we were
+approaching Mao's legions from
+the rear. Still keeping from the
+roads to avoid killing anyone, Kazu
+advanced to near the battle line,
+and there stopped.</p>
+
+<p>"My brothers," his voice thundered
+above the heaviest cannon,
+"my poor brothers on both sides,
+listen to me. Stop this killing. Stop
+this useless slaughter. No one can
+win, and all will&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly there was a blinding
+flash of light, a thousand times
+brighter than the newly appeared
+sun. It came from behind us, and
+in the terrible instant that it remained
+we could see Buddha's
+enormous shadow stretching out
+across the battlefield. Kazu stopped
+speaking and braced his shoulders
+for the blast. Subconsciously I was
+counting seconds. Four, five, six,
+seven&mdash;A sudden, insane hope
+gripped me. If we were far enough
+from the burst&mdash;and then the blast
+hit us, and with it, the sound. Kazu
+pitched forward a hundred yards,
+and stumbled on as far again. Then
+he recovered. One hand reached behind
+him, to the back that had
+taken the full brunt of heat and
+gamma radiation, and a half animal
+cry escaped from his lips. Over
+his shoulder we got a glimpse of
+the fireball, of the fountain of color
+which would presently form the
+terrible mushroom cloud. The
+thunder of the explosion reverberated,
+and was replaced by silence.
+The crackle of rifles, the thud of
+field pieces had ceased. From our
+perch we looked down at a scene
+straight from Dante's Inferno.
+About Kazu's feet was a shallow
+ravine in which a thousand or so
+communist troops had taken cover.
+These were now scrambling and
+clawing at the sides like ants trying
+to get away. Vehicles were abandoned,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span>
+rifles thrown away. A few
+had been burned, but it seemed
+that for the most part the soldiers
+had been sheltered from direct
+radiation by the wall of their canyon,
+and by Kazu's great shadow.</p>
+
+<p>For an eternity, it seemed, Kazu
+stood there, swaying slightly, one
+hand still pressed against his back,
+while the little men writhed about
+his ankles. Then, quite slowly, he
+raised one foot. I thought that he
+was going to walk away, but instead,
+the foot moved deliberately
+until it was directly over the ravine,
+and then, like a tremendous pile
+driver, it descended. A faint and
+hideous screaming came up to us,
+which abruptly ended. The foot
+came up, and again descended,
+turning back and forth in the yielding
+earth. Slowly Kazu brought his
+hand up, and lifted our box so that
+he could look at us. As he did so, I
+saw that half of his hand was the
+color of charcoal, and I smelled a
+horrible odor of tons of burnt flesh.
+Now at last he spoke, in a voice
+that we could scarcely understand.</p>
+
+<p>"Guide me," he said, "Guide me,
+Baker. Guide me to Moscow!"</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="r65" />
+<h2>VII</h2>
+
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> KAZU walked quite slowly
+from the battlefield. His gait
+was unsteady, and at first we feared
+that he would collapse. We could
+not tell how deep the burns were,
+nor whether he was internally hurt
+by the blast. He appeared to be suffering
+from some kind of shock, for
+he did not speak again for a long
+time. But gradually he seemed to
+gather himself together, and we became
+almost convinced that the
+shock was more psychological than
+physical, and that even the atom
+bomb was powerless against his
+might.</div>
+
+<p>We did not remain to see the outcome
+of the battle, but presently
+Martin turned the radio on. The
+news at first was fragmentary.
+Word that a Russian plane had
+atom bombed the new Buddha
+spread across China, and with it
+ended the last shreds of communist
+prestige. The armies which had
+been pro-communist turned on
+their officers. Mao himself was
+murdered on the battlefield before
+Kazu was out of sight. The former
+red defenders of Shanghai massacred
+twenty thousand hapless
+Russian emigrants. All across Asia
+the story was the same, a terrible
+revulsion. At first it was believed
+that Buddha had died instantly;
+later rumor had it that he had
+crawled off to Mongolia to die.</p>
+
+<p>Radio Moscow at first was silent.
+The horror of what had been done
+was too much even for that well
+oiled propaganda machine. At last
+a line was patched together: the
+bomb had been dropped by an
+American plane, bearing Russian
+markings. Then Radio Peking announced
+that Chinese fighters had
+shot it down and that the crew was
+Russian. To this Moscow could
+think of only one reply: Radio
+Peking was lying; the station had
+been taken over by the Americans!
+A little later another Moscow
+broadcast announced solemnly that
+the whole story was wrong&mdash;Buddha
+hadn't been there at all!</p>
+
+<p>All the time that this confused<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span>
+flood of talk was circling the globe,
+Kazu Takahashi, still clinging to
+the battered steel projection room,
+was striding across Siberia, staggering
+now and then, but still maintaining
+a pace of better than three
+hundred miles per hour.</p>
+
+<p>At first he simply walked westward
+without any directions from
+us. By ten o'clock he had put a
+thousand miles between him and
+the coast and was well across the
+southern Gobi desert. Now Baker,
+who had been almost as stunned
+as Kazu, began to look into his
+maps. He had nothing for central
+Asia as detailed as the charts we
+had used in Borneo and Celebes,
+but he presently found a small scale
+map that would do. With this he
+identified the snowy range of
+mountains now towering on our
+left as the Nan Shan, northernmost
+bastion of Tibet. He hurriedly
+called to Kazu to turn northwest
+before he entered the great Tarim
+Basin, for the western side of that
+vast desert was closed by a range
+of mountains 20,000 feet high.
+Even with the new course, our altitude
+would be above six thousand
+feet for many miles.</p>
+
+<p>At noon we were paralleling another
+mighty range, the little
+known Altai Mountains, and at one
+o'clock we passed the Zaisan Nor,
+the great lake which forms the
+headwaters for the Irtysh River.
+Here Kazu paused for a drink, and
+to rinse his burns with fresh water.
+Then we were away again, this time
+due west over more mountain tops,
+avoiding the inhabited lowlands. At
+three-thirty the hills dropped away
+and there appeared ahead the infinite
+green carpet of the Siberian
+forest. Kazu stopped again at another
+lake, which Baker guessed
+might be Dengiz. At four-thirty we
+crossed a wide river which we could
+not identify, and then at last commenced
+to climb into the foothills
+of the southern Urals. Just in time
+Baker discovered that Kazu's
+course was taking him straight toward
+the industrial city of Magnetogorsk.
+We veered north again
+into the higher mountains and then
+turned east to the forests.</p>
+
+<p>We were sure now that Kazu
+must be delirious, but after a while
+he stopped at the edge of a lake.</p>
+
+<p>"How far are we from Moscow?"
+he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Twelve hundred miles, more or
+less," said Baker. "You can make it
+by nine, maybe ten, tonight."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>"No. Tonight I must rest, gather
+strength. We start two AM, arrive
+Kremlin at sunrise. We catch them
+same time they catch me. No warning
+whatever."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu lay down on the swampy
+lake bottom while we huddled on
+the floor of the box, courting sleep
+which never came.</p>
+
+<p>At one o'clock we at last gave it
+up, and Baker fired his pistol until
+Kazu stirred. While he was awakening
+we listened to the radio.
+Things had calmed down quite a
+bit, and as we pieced the various
+broadcasts together, an amazing realization
+came over us. Everyone
+believed that Kazu was dead! Evidently
+no word of our trip across
+all of central Asia had been received!
+Search planes, both Soviet
+and Chinese, were combing the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span>
+eastern Gobi for the body.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop">OTHER news included a war
+declaration by China upon
+the Soviet Union, and the announcement
+that the Russian Politbureau
+had scheduled a meeting
+in the Kremlin to consider the
+emergency.</div>
+
+<p>We passed all of this on to Kazu,
+whose grim face relaxed for the
+first time in a fleeting grin.</p>
+
+<p>"Good reporters. Know what are
+most savory items. Now guide me
+well, and away from towns until
+we reach it."</p>
+
+<p>The trip across the Urals and the
+plains of European Russia retains a
+nightmare quality in my mind,
+comparable only with that first
+night on Yat. Even Baker, who
+plotted the course, can remember
+it little better. Now and again we
+caught glimpses of the dim lights
+in farms, and once we saw the old
+moon reflected in the Volga. Much
+of the low country was covered
+with ground fog, which reached to
+Kazu's waist; this, combined with
+the blackout which had been ordered
+in every town, made observation
+by us or the Russians either
+way difficult. A few people saw
+Kazu, and their reports reflect a
+surrealist madness; those who had
+the horrifying experience of suddenly
+meeting Buddha in the early
+morning mists were universally incapable
+of making any coherent report
+to the authorities.</p>
+
+<p>And then, just as the ghostly
+false dawn turned the night into a
+misty gray, we saw ahead the towers
+of Moscow. Now Kazu increased
+his speed. Concealment
+was no longer possible; he must
+reach the Kremlin ahead of the
+warning.</p>
+
+<p>At 500 miles per hour Buddha
+descended upon Moscow. His
+plunging feet reduced block after
+block of stores and apartment
+houses to dust, and the sky behind
+us was lighted more brightly by
+the fires he started than by the dull
+red of the still unrisen sun. Now at
+last I heard the tardy wail of a siren
+and saw armored cars darting
+through the streets. On the roof of
+an apartment house I glimpsed a
+crew trying to unlimber an antiaircraft
+gun, but Kazu saw it also, and
+smashed the building to rubble with
+a passing kick.</p>
+
+<p>And then we were at the Red
+Square. St. Basil's at one end, the
+fifty foot stone walls of the Kremlin
+along one side and Lenin's Tomb
+like a pile of red children's blocks.
+Kazu stood for a moment surveying
+this famous scene, his feet sunk
+to the ankle in a collapsed subway.
+It was my first view of the Red
+Square, and somehow I knew that
+it would be the last, for anyone.
+Then Kazu slowly walked to the
+Kremlin and looked down into it.
+I remember how suddenly absurd
+it all seemed. The Kremlin walls,
+the very symbol of the iron curtain,
+were scarcely six inches high! The
+whole thing was only a child's playpen.</p>
+
+<p>But now Kazu had found what
+he wanted. Without bothering to
+lift his feet, he crushed through the
+walls, reached down and pulled the
+roof from one of the buildings. He
+uncovered a brightly lighted ant-hill.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
+Like a dollhouse exposed, he
+revealed rooms and corridors along
+which men were running. Kazu
+dropped to his knees and held our
+box up so that we might also see.</p>
+
+<p>"Are these the men?" he asked.
+Baker replied in the negative.</p>
+
+<p>Kazu abruptly pressed his hand
+into the building, crushing masonry
+and timbers and humans all
+into a heap of dust, and turned to
+a larger building. As he did, something
+about it seemed familiar to
+me. Yes, I had seen it before, in
+newsreels. It was&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>But again Kazu's fingers were at
+work. Lifting at the eaves, he carefully
+took off the whole roof.
+Through a window we saw figures
+hurrying toward a covered bridge
+connecting this building with another.
+At Baker's warning, Kazu
+demolished the bridge, and then
+gently began picking the structure
+to pieces. In a moment we saw what
+we were after. A wall was pulled
+down, exposing a great room with
+oil paintings of Lenin and Stalin on
+the wall and a long conference table
+in the center. And clustered between
+the table and the far wall
+were a score of men. Anyone would
+have recognized them, for their
+faces had gone round the world in
+posters, magazines and newsreels.
+They were the men of the Politbureau.
+They were Red Russia's
+rulers.</p>
+
+<p>There was an instant of silent
+mutual recognition, and then Kazu
+spoke to them. As befitting a god,
+he spoke in their own tongue. Exactly
+what he said I do not know,
+but after a little hesitation they
+came around the table to the precarious
+edge of the room where the
+outer wall had been. Kazu gave
+further directions and held up our
+steel box. Fearfully they came forward
+and jumped the gap into our
+door. One by one they made the
+leap, some dressed in the bemedalled
+uniforms of marshals, others
+in the semi-military tunics affected
+by civilian ministers. The last was
+the man who had succeeded Stalin
+on his death, and who had taken
+for himself the same name, as
+though it were a title.</p>
+
+<p>As he entered our room, we saw
+that he even looked like the first
+Stalin, clipped hair, moustache and
+all. He was a brilliant man, we
+knew. Brilliant and ruthless. He
+had grown up through the purges,
+in a world which knew no mercy,
+where only the fittest, by communist
+standards, survived. He had
+survived, because he was merciless
+and efficient and because he hated
+the free west with a hatred that
+was deadly and implacable.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop">I OFTEN wonder what his
+thoughts were at that moment.
+He came because he was ordered
+to and because he knew the alternative.
+He knew he was to die, but
+he obeyed because by so doing he
+could prolong life a little, and because
+there was always a chance.</div>
+
+<p>At that moment I deeply regretted
+knowing no Russian. The
+twenty one who came in talked
+among themselves in short sentences.
+They saw us, but ignored
+us. Baker spoke, first in English and
+then in German. The one called
+Stalin understood the German, for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>
+he looked at Baker searchingly for
+a moment, and then turned away.
+Only one of them replied. This was
+Malik, the man who wrecked the
+old United Nations and then became
+Foreign Minister after Vishinsky
+was murdered. He ignored
+the German and spat out his reply
+in English.</p>
+
+<p>"You will not live to gloat over
+us. He will kill you too, all of you!"</p>
+
+<p>We can never be sure of what
+Kazu planned, because now&mdash;and
+of this I am certain&mdash;his plans
+changed. There was suddenly a
+stillness. We waited. Then I ran to
+the window and looked upward
+into the great face.</p>
+
+<p>It had changed. A deep weariness
+and a bewilderment was upon
+it&mdash;as though Kazu had suddenly
+sickened of destruction and slaughter.
+His whispering was the roaring
+of winds as he said, "No&mdash;no.
+This is not the way&mdash;not Buddha's
+way. They must talk. They must
+understand each other. They must
+sit at tables and settle their differences,
+that is my mission."</p>
+
+<p>Kazu took five steps. Below us
+was an airfield.</p>
+
+<p>"Can you fly?" he asked us.
+Chamberlin had been an army pilot
+in the fifties. Kazu pushed the box
+up to a transport, an American
+DC8.</p>
+
+<p>"Go in this," he said quite clearly.
+"Go in this plane until you are
+in Washington. Tell America about
+me. Tell America I am coming&mdash;that
+I am bringing&mdash;<i>them</i>. Tell
+America there must be&mdash;peace."</p>
+
+<p>We scrambled out of the steel
+box, leaving the Russians in a miserable
+heap in one corner.</p>
+
+<p>He arose to his full height and
+carefully adjusted the cables
+around his neck. I noticed that his
+fingers fumbled awkwardly, and
+that he staggered slightly. Then he
+spoke once more.</p>
+
+<p>"I cannot cross Atlantic. Only
+route for Buddha is Siberia, Bering
+Straight, Alaska. But this not
+take long. You better hurry or I
+get to Washington first!"</p>
+
+<p>He turned on his heel and
+walked a few steps to the end of the
+runway.</p>
+
+<p>"Now get in plane. I give little
+help in takeoff!"</p>
+
+<p>We climbed into the familiar interior
+of the big American transport.
+A moment later it arose silently,
+vertically like an elevator.
+Chamberlin, in the pilot's seat, hurriedly
+started the engines. He
+leaned from a window and waved
+his arm, and we shot forward and
+upward. For a moment the plane
+wavered and dipped, taking all of
+Walt's ability to recover. Then with
+a powerful roar, the big DC8
+zoomed over the flames of Moscow
+toward the west.</p>
+
+<hr class="r15" />
+
+<div class="cap extraspacetop"> THE FLIGHT to London and
+the Atlantic crossing seemed
+unreal. We lived beside the radio.
+War and revolt against the Soviets
+had broken out everywhere. With
+the directing power in the Kremlin
+gone, the top-heavy Soviet bureaucracy
+was paralyzed. The Yugoslavs
+marched into the Ukraine, Chinese
+armies occupied Irkutsk and were
+pressing across Siberia. Internal
+revolution broke out at a hundred
+points once it was learned that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
+Moscow was no more.</div>
+
+<p>Eagerly we listened to every report
+for word of Kazu. At first there
+was nothing, and then a Chinese
+plane reported seeing him crossing
+the Ob River, near the Arctic Circle.
+They said that he carried a box
+in his hand and appeared to be
+talking to it. Then news from the
+tiny river settlement of Zhigansk on
+the Lena that he had passed, but
+that he limped and staggered as he
+climbed the mountains beyond.</p>
+
+<p>After that, silence.</p>
+
+<p>Planes swarmed over eastern Siberia,
+the Arctic Coast and Alaska,
+but found nothing. Five hundred
+tons of C ration were rushed to
+Fairbanks, and tons of medical supplies
+for burns and possible illness
+were readied, but no patient appeared.
+At first we were hopeful,
+knowing Kazu's powers. Perhaps he
+had lost his way, without Baker and
+the maps, but surely he could not
+vanish. As the days passed Baker
+became more worried.</p>
+
+<p>"It's the radiation," he explained.
+"He took the full dose of
+gamma rays right in his back. He
+might go on for days, and then suddenly
+keel over. He's had a bad
+burn outside, but it's nothing to
+what it did to him internally."</p>
+
+<p>So the days passed, and so gradually
+hope died. And then, at last,
+there was news. It came, belatedly,
+from an eskimo hunter on the Pribolof
+Islands, in Bering Sea. He
+reported that a great sea god had
+come out of the waters, so tall that
+his head vanished into the clouds.
+But, he was a sick god, for he could
+hardly stand, and soon crawled on
+his hands. Around his neck, said
+the eskimo, he carried a charm,
+and he spoke words to this in a
+strange tongue. And the charm answered
+him in the same tongue,
+and with the voice of a man. And
+the two spoke to each other for a
+time and then the great one arose
+and walked off of the island and
+into the fog and the ocean.</p>
+
+<p>Questioned, the man was somewhat
+vague as to the exact direction taken,
+although it seemed clear
+that Kazu had headed south.
+When Baker examined his chart of
+Bering Sea, he found that the
+ocean to the north and west, towards
+Siberia, was shallow&mdash;less
+than five hundred feet. But the Pribolofs
+stood on the edge of a great
+deep. Only twenty miles south of
+the islands, the ocean floor dropped
+off to more than ten thousand feet,
+for three hundred miles of icy fog
+shrouded ocean, before the bleak
+Aleutians arose out of the mists.
+This desolate area was searched for
+months by ships and planes, but no
+trace ever appeared from the
+treacherous currents of the stormy
+sea. Kazu had vanished.</p>
+
+<p>So here ended the story of Kazu
+Takahashi, who was born in the
+days of the first bomb, and who
+died by the last ever to sear the
+world. He was believed by millions
+to be the incarnation of the Lord
+Buddha, but to four men he was
+known not as a god but as a great
+and good man.</p>
+
+
+
+<h2>THE END</h2>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="r65" />
+
+<div class="center extraspacebot">
+<b>Transcriber Notes:</b></div>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+
+<p>This etext was produced from IF Worlds of Science Fiction November 1952.
+Extensive research did not uncover any evidence that the U.S. copyright
+on this publication was renewed.</p>
+
+<p>Obvious punctuation errors have been corrected.</p>
+
+<p>Corrections made:</p>
+
+<p>page 6<br />
+original: wind, and its damned serious." <br />
+replacement: wind, and it's damned serious."</p>
+
+<p>page 16<br />
+original: first fence, and affair of steel posts <br />
+replacement: first fence, an affair of steel posts</p>
+
+<p>page 31<br />
+original: When Baker as only part-way<br />
+replacement: When Baker was only part-way</p>
+
+<p>page 34<br />
+original: handfulls of the unseasoned stuff,<br />
+replacement: handfuls of the unseasoned stuff,</p>
+
+<p>Unchanged:</p>
+
+<p>page 16<br />
+sculping a king sized Buddha after<br />
+sculping is an old useage of the word</p>
+
+<p>page 55<br />
+Straight, Alaska. But this not<br />
+Straight is an old useage of the word</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Image and the Likeness, by John Scott Campbell
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE IMAGE AND THE LIKENESS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37145-h.htm or 37145-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/1/4/37145/
+
+Produced by Greg Weeks, Dianna Adair and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/37145-h/images/001_1.jpg b/37145-h/images/001_1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e48385
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37145-h/images/001_1.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/37145-h/images/cover_1.jpg b/37145-h/images/cover_1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81113c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37145-h/images/cover_1.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/37145.txt b/37145.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f77d98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37145.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3308 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Image and the Likeness, by John Scott Campbell
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Image and the Likeness
+
+Author: John Scott Campbell
+
+Release Date: August 21, 2011 [EBook #37145]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE IMAGE AND THE LIKENESS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Greg Weeks, Dianna Adair and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Transcriber Note:
+
+ As the limitations of a plain text file preclude the
+ usage of superscripts, a caret character has been inserted before
+ all superscripted letters. For example: 100^3 for 100 to the third power.
+
+
+[Illustration: Cover]
+
+[Illustration: _We stared--frozen--at the great face above us._]
+
+
+
+
+ _Up from the horror of Hiroshima came a god. He gave the people
+ hope and for this they killed him--as they have always killed their
+ gods._
+
+
+
+
+THE IMAGE
+
+and
+
+THE LIKENESS
+
+By John Scott Campbell
+
+
+
+
+Shanghai had changed. We sensed that the moment we came ashore.
+Extraterritoriality was long gone; we had known that, of course. The
+days of exploitation, of clubs where Chinese and Burmese and Indian
+servants waited on Britons and Americans were passed. Pan-Asia had seen
+to that. This was 1965. The white man's burden in the east had been upon
+brown and yellow shoulders for over sixteen years now, and the Indians
+and Burmese and Indonesians were ruling themselves, after their fling at
+communism in the fifties.
+
+The initial bitterness which followed the debacle of 1955 had passed, we
+were glad to see. Porters no longer spat in the faces of white men. They
+were polite, but we had not been in the city a half hour before we
+sensed something else. There was an edge to that politeness. It was as
+Major Reid had written before we left San Francisco--a subtle change
+had come over Asia in the previous few years. They smiled--they waited
+on us--they bent over backwards to atone for the excesses of the first
+years of freedom from foreign rule; but through it all was an air of
+aloofness, of superior knowledge.
+
+Baker put it in his typically blunt British way.
+
+"The blighters have something up their sleeves, all right. The whole
+crew of them. Did you notice that rickshaw boy? When I said to take us
+to the hotel, he answered 'Yes, today I take you'. The Major was
+right--there's something in the wind, and it's damned serious."
+
+We were sitting, surrounded by our luggage, in our suite at the New
+China Hotel. There were four of us: Llewelyn Baker, Walter Chamberlin,
+Robert Martin, and myself, William Cady. Baker and Martin were
+anthropologists, and old China hands as well. Chamberlin was a
+geologist, and I claimed knowledge of zoology. We were here ostensibly
+as a scientific expedition, and had permission from the Republic of East
+Asia to do some work on Celebese man, following up the discoveries by
+Rance of bones and artifacts on that East Indian island in 1961.
+
+We had another reason for coming at this particular time, although this
+was not mentioned to the authorities. Our real objective was to find out
+certain things about New Buddhism, the violently nationalistic religion
+which was sweeping Pan-Asia.
+
+New Buddhism was more than a religion. It was a motivating force of such
+power that men like Major Reid at the American Embassy were frankly
+worried, and had communicated their fears to their home governments. The
+Pan-Asia movement had, at first, been understandable. At first it had
+been nationalism, pure and simple. The Asiatics were tired of
+exploitation and western bungling, and wanted to rule themselves. During
+the communist honeymoon in the early fifties, it was partly underground
+and partly taken over by the Reds for their own purposes. But through
+everything it retained a character of its own, and after '55 it
+reappeared as a growing force which was purely oriental. Or at least so
+it seemed. Our job was, among other things, to find out if Russian
+control was really destroyed.
+
+We had already made several observations. The most obvious was the
+number of priests. Yellow robed Buddhist priests had always been common,
+begging rice and coppers in the streets, but in 1955 a new kind
+appeared. He was younger than his predecessors, and was usually an
+ex-soldier. And his technique was different. He was a salesman.
+"Rice--rice for Buddha," he would say. "Rice for the Living Buddha, to
+give him strength. Rice for the Great One, that he may grow mighty. Rice
+for the strength to cast off our bonds."
+
+And they had organization. This wasn't any hit or miss revival, started
+by a crackpot, or by some schemer for his own enrichment. There was
+direction back of it, and very good direction too. We sensed that it had
+been Japanese, at least at the start, but with the end of the
+occupation, we could no longer barge in and investigate officially. Now
+there were treaties to respect, and diplomatic procedure and all that
+sort of thing.
+
+Instead, we were here to spy. Unofficially, of course. The ambassador
+was very explicit on that point. We were strictly on our own. If we were
+caught, there could be no protection. So here we were. Four scientists
+investigating Celebese man, and trying to find out, on the side, just
+what was back of New Buddhism.
+
+We washed up, had dinner, and presently, as we had expected, Major Reid
+called. After a few jocular references to anthropology, for the benefit
+of the waiter, he got down to business.
+
+"I'll have to be brief," he said, "because I can't spend too much time
+with you without stirring up suspicion. You all know the background.
+They claim that this business is simply a new religion, a revival of
+Buddhism modeled to fit new conditions. President Tung claims that there
+is no connection between it and the state. We think differently. We have
+reason to believe that the direction back of this movement is communism,
+and that its ultimate object is military attack on the western world.
+What we don't know is the nature of the proposed attack. Some of us
+suspect that they are making H-bombs, and have covered up so that we
+cannot spot them. That's what we must find out.
+
+"The headquarters of New Buddhism is on a small volcanic island called
+Yat, off the east coast of Celebes. Your job is to reach that island and
+find out what's going on, and then bring the information back. Clear?"
+
+We nodded. We had received a similar briefing in Washington, and from a
+far more distinguished personage than Major Reid, but we felt no need of
+mentioning this. In such a business, gratuitous information, even to
+friends, serves no useful end.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Our informant in Washington had told us a good many other things,
+too. In the name of New Buddhism, the priests had been collecting
+immense quantities of supplies, and on an increasing scale. Tons of
+foodstuffs had been gathered and then shipped off to an unknown
+destination. Machinery, lumber, structural steel, canvas by the
+thousands of yards had been purchased, loaded onto ships and barges, and
+spirited away. It appeared that the New Buddhists were maintaining a
+standing army, or perhaps a labor force somewhere east of Borneo, but
+the picture was very incomplete.
+
+Part of the failure of ordinary methods of intelligence may have been
+due to the supersecrecy of the New Buddhists themselves. It was not
+difficult to corrupt priests on the lower levels, but all they knew was
+that certain quotas of food and materials were set for their territory,
+which were then shipped away to Borneo.
+
+The big break had come only a few months ago. One of the OSS men got
+through to a barge captain, who had been to the headquarters itself. He
+identified the location as an island a few miles off the northeast coast
+of Celebes. It was, he said, highly mountainous--in fact he believed it
+to be an extinct volcano, with a water filled crater reached only by a
+narrow passage from the sea. Boats, he said, could go in and out, but
+his barge was not among those permitted. He delivered his cargo, three
+thousand tons of rice and five thousand raw hides, and was then sent on
+his way. Under questioning, he said that there were many people living
+on the island--thousands at least. Most of them lived in barracks among
+the trees fronting the ocean, but some had special privileges and were
+allowed to go to the top of the crater rim.
+
+Of the activities within the crater our informant knew nothing. At night
+the clouds were often lit by reflections from there, and once he had
+heard noises, accompanied by a distinct shaking of the earth, as though
+blasting were being done at a great depth.
+
+This was the extent of our knowledge. We knew the location, but it was
+up to us to find out the rest.
+
+Our departure from Shanghai for the great island of Celebes involved the
+usual exasperation of delay and red tape. The American Embassy did
+everything possible to expedite matters, and brought a little pressure
+to bear, I think, on the strength of the then impending American Sixth
+Loan to China. In any case we were at last cleared, and boarded the
+plane for Celebes.
+
+We took one of the six place compartments on the upper deck, and
+presently had company in the form of two yellow-clad New Buddhist
+priests. Baker, who had the best command of Chinese, engaged them in
+conversation.
+
+As we had expected, they were very willing to talk, and displayed a
+lively interest in Celebes man. That they were here to watch us was
+obvious. Baker bided his time, and then switched the conversation to New
+Buddhism. On this subject too the priests were anything but reticent.
+They described with enthusiasm the great spiritual renaissance that was
+sweeping all Asia "like a wind, the breath of life from the Living
+Buddha." Baker asked a few questions about the Buddha, since to show no
+curiosity about such a life subject might excite suspicion. The priests
+were ready for them, and gave what was evidently the stock answer: the
+Living Buddha was the very incarnation of Gautama himself, a spiritual
+leader who was being groomed to take over the guidance of all mankind,
+in east and west alike.
+
+"Where does the Great One live?" asked Baker, alert for a trap.
+
+"In Celebes, where you are going," was the reply.
+
+"Oh," said Baker innocently, "Then perhaps it could be arranged for us
+to meet him?"
+
+This, explained the priest, was quite impossible. In due time Buddha
+would display himself for the world to see and marvel over; meanwhile,
+while his preparation was yet incomplete, he must remain in seclusion.
+
+By now convinced that the presence of the priests was no accident, Baker
+settled down to the sort of verbal sparring match that he enjoyed. He
+had been speaking in the Cantonese dialect, but now he abruptly switched
+to English.
+
+"You know," he remarked, "you fellows are using an amazing amount of
+material at your headquarters. Enough food to keep a good sized standing
+army."
+
+The two priests, who had professed ignorance of English at the start of
+the conversation, stiffened visibly. Baker returned to Chinese.
+
+The priests recovered their composure with some effort. The older
+replied suavely, "Gossip is a creative art. There is a large monastery
+at our central temple, and much is needed to maintain its activities."
+
+"Truth," said Baker pontifically, "is usually disappointing. The
+imagination changes a mud hut to a palace, and a sickly priest to a
+demigod."
+
+The two priests inclined their heads slightly at this. We watched their
+expressions. If Baker's purposely provoking language brought a reaction,
+it was not visible. But we had learned one thing: they spoke English but
+preferred that we did not know it.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Our arrival at New Macassar, the Indonesian capital of Celebes,
+was attended by the usual confusion and delay. Our Buddhist friends
+vanished with a speed which suggested special consideration, while the
+man from the American Consulate was still getting our equipment through
+customs.
+
+This business at length completed, we were escorted to a taxi by the
+attache and whisked up one of the wide avenues of the city without a
+question as to where we were to stay. Baker and Martin stared out the
+window with studied ease--they knew that something was up, but were
+content to await further developments. Now I noticed something else. The
+driver of our cab was a European, not a native. I started to frame a
+question, when, without warning, the car ducked into a side street,
+swung around two corners and abruptly entered an open doorway in a tall
+stucco building. Both Walt and I were half out of our seats in alarm,
+when our guide spoke.
+
+"The American Consulate, gentlemen," he said, with the slightest trace
+of a diplomatic smile.
+
+The cab had stopped in the ground floor garage of the consulate, and
+opening the door was the consul himself.
+
+"Good morning, I'm Stimson. Hope Avery didn't give you too wild a ride,
+but I thought it best not to advertise my interest in you at the front
+door. Things have changed a bit in the last few days. Well, Avery will
+show you to your rooms. I'll be in the upstairs study when you're
+freshened up."
+
+There was little to speculate on as we shaved and changed to less
+rumpled clothes, but we worked over the available data for what it was
+worth.
+
+"Consul takes us in tow," remarked Chamberlin. "That isn't in line with
+the unofficial status so strongly impressed on us at Washington."
+
+"And sneaking us in through the back door isn't according to best
+diplomatic form, either. Stimson wants to protect us from something, but
+obviously doesn't want the local constabulary to know." This from
+Martin.
+
+"It seems to me," I ventured, "that they could check the hotels. It
+shouldn't take them long to put two and two together when we don't show.
+I'm blessed if I can see what Stimson has to gain from this maneuver."
+
+Baker turned from the mirror where he had been adjusting his tie.
+"Suppose we ask him," he commented.
+
+The consul was waiting for us in his study. After the briefest greeting
+which his official position permitted, he got down to business.
+
+"Gentlemen, I've had to pull a diplomatic boner of the first magnitude.
+I refer to the cloak and dagger method of getting you here. But believe
+me, it was the only way. They're onto your scheme. If you went to a
+hotel in New Macassar, you wouldn't be alive tomorrow morning."
+
+"But, the taxi--" began Martin.
+
+"It gave us a few hours. If I had sent the consulate car, they'd have us
+sealed off tight right now. I could keep you safe here, or get you on
+the Shanghai plane, but you couldn't make another move. As it is, we
+have perhaps two hours--with luck."
+
+The consul settled back in his chair, evidently gathering his thoughts.
+We waited, more mystified than before, if that were possible. At length
+Stimson started again.
+
+"You're well briefed on the general situation. Reid gave me the gist of
+his conversation. But there are some other things that even Reid doesn't
+know." He opened a folding blotter on his desk and drew out an eight by
+ten photographic print.
+
+"You're aware of the efforts that have been made to look into the crater
+on Yat. To date we have not succeeded in getting an eye witness to the
+rim. We have flown over Yat, of course, and have taken pictures from
+every altitude from 5,000 to 70,000 feet, but so far they have
+outsmarted us. They have smoke generators all around the rim, which they
+fire up night and day whenever the natural clouds lift. We've used every
+color, including infra red. We've taken stereo pairs, and flash shots at
+night, but, with one exception, all we've ever gotten are beautiful
+pictures of clouds and smoke. The exception I have here. It was taken
+two weeks ago, during a brief break in a heavy storm. Before I say
+anything more, I'd like to have you look at it and form your own
+opinions."
+
+He placed the print on the desk, facing us, and leaned back while we
+four crowded around. My first glimpse was disappointing. Fully two
+thirds of the picture was occupied by clouds. But gradually I made out
+the details. There seemed to be several buildings of uncertain size in
+the lower part, and a fringe of brush extending up to the left. Half
+visible through the mist were several structures which seemed to me, in
+comparison to the larger buildings, like chicken houses or perhaps
+rabbit hutches. No humans were in sight, evidently because of the storm.
+But in the center of the picture was the thing which fixed our attention
+from the first, leaving the other details for later scrutiny. This was
+an immense human figure, lying on its side with the head pillowed on its
+hands in the attitude of the colossal figures of the reclining Buddha
+found in the mountains of China. The body was partly covered by a robe,
+but whether this was part of the figure or a canvas protection against
+the rain, was difficult to tell. Only the head, hands and feet showed.
+The face was partly in shadow, but enough could be seen to identify the
+typical Buddha countenance: closed eyes and lips curled in an enigmatic
+smile.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+We stared at this peculiar picture for a good minute, taking in
+the details, while Stimson watched us. Then Baker looked up.
+
+"What is it?" he asked.
+
+"Before I tell you our guesses," replied the consul, "I'd like to hear
+your reactions."
+
+"It would appear that the New Buddhists are doing the obvious--setting
+up a Buddhist temple. Although, except for the statue, you'd never guess
+it." This from Chamberlin.
+
+Martin squinted closely at the print. "Yes, the buildings look more like
+airship hangars than a temple."
+
+Stimson raised his eyebrows slightly. "That's an interesting
+observation," he commented.
+
+"Wish there were some humans, or something else to give a scale," said
+Baker. "For all we can tell, it could be anything from doll houses and a
+life sized statue, all the way up to an air base, and a reclining Buddha
+to end all reclining Buddhas."
+
+There was an expectant pause. Stimson, seeing that we had nothing more
+to add, cleared his throat, glanced briefly out of the window behind his
+chair, and hunched forward.
+
+"This picture was made from an F-180A, modified for photo
+reconnaissance. The plane was on a routine flight from Singapore to
+Mindanao, over a solid deck of clouds. The pilot swung south over Yat
+just out of curiosity. He approached the island at 50,000 feet, using
+radar, and was about to pass over when he spotted a hole in the
+overcast. Time was 1800--just sunset--but the edge of the crater was
+well lighted, although the bottom was in deep shadow. More important,
+the smoke generators had been turned off. Obviously the clouds had just
+parted, and would close in again in a minute. The presence of the F-180A
+at this particular instant was just one of those one in a million lucky
+breaks. The pilot realized this. He put the ship into a dive and ordered
+his photographer to ready the cameras.
+
+"The plane approached Yat at a speed above Mach 1.2, so there was no
+audible warning, and evidently the island's radar was off, for the
+surprise was complete. Within 90 seconds the F-180A closed level just
+over the crater and shot past with only a thin stratus layer between it
+and ground. Time over the crater was hardly 10 seconds, and neither
+pilot nor observer saw anything, but the synchronous vertical camera was
+operating and four flashes were made during the middle four seconds.
+Then the plane was in the clouds again at a 45 degree climb and a dozen
+miles towards the Philippines before anyone on Yat could even get
+outdoors.
+
+"As might be expected there was a considerable protest over this
+violation of Celebese territory, although oddly, it was based on moral
+grounds rather than national integrity. The protest was signed by the
+Lama of Macassar, and demanded neither indemnity nor punishment of the
+pilot, but asked merely that incense be burned in Washington to appease
+Buddha. Now of course the Lama isn't that naive, or devout. As you may
+know, Phobat Rau was educated at Harvard and CIT, and is a thoroughly
+trained and tough statesman who knows his way around anywhere, and
+doesn't believe the theological hogwash in Pan-Buddhism any more than I
+do. So it was a question of getting behind his motives. Of course, it
+could be a cover, but our final guess was that the protest was really
+made for the benefit of the faithful in Asia. This opinion was
+strengthened, at least as far as I am concerned, about a fortnight ago
+when Rau attended the British Embassy reception for Lord Hayes. He
+didn't avoid me, but actually seemed to single me out as a foil for some
+of his witty small talk. Asked if I was much of a student of Buddhist
+architecture and carvings, and if I had seen the Kyoto Buddha, or the
+reclining Buddha on the Yangtze. He was fishing, of course, but I played
+it dumb, and presently he gave up.
+
+"Well, there you have it, at least as far as the picture is concerned.
+The Buddhists were considerably upset, for they tightened up security
+all over the islands. And then you came into the scene. Naturally nobody
+believed that you were just after Celebese man, but the governor granted
+permission--so easily, in fact, that we got suspicious. Americans are no
+match for oriental subtlety, but we do have a few tricks, one of whom is
+a code clerk in the Macassar foreign office, and from her we learned
+that you were set for the preferred treatment: to be let in easily, and
+then knocked off in some painless way. Hence the taxi, and the sneak
+ride here."
+
+He paused. "That's the situation to date, gentlemen. Any questions?"
+
+Martin had been studying the photograph. "At what altitude was this
+taken?"
+
+The consul shook his head. "The autorecorder was off. The observer
+forgot to set it, in the rush."
+
+"Well, couldn't they estimate?"
+
+"They did, but it's obviously way off. The pilot swears that he levelled
+at 9,000, but that would make these buildings a quarter of a mile long,
+and the Buddha at least five hundred feet. Unless you want to believe
+that they have another Willow Run on Yat, you can't take that figure."
+
+Another pause. Finally Baker spoke. "You said you had a guess."
+
+"Yes, I have." Stimson seemed reluctant to speak. "But it sounds so
+damned fantastic I hate to tell it to you--well, to be short, I don't
+think that this Buddha is a statue."
+
+We all sat up. "Then what is it?" This from Martin.
+
+"I mean, not a statue of stone or masonry in the usual sense of the
+term. I think that it is a portable image of Buddha--an inflated gas bag
+like they use in the Easter parade. I think they intend to float it in
+the air--perhaps tow it--to impress the faithful. If the thing's really
+500 feet long, it may be a blimp or a rigid airship with its own motors.
+But, whatever the details, I think our mystery is just a piece of
+propaganda for Neo-Buddhism, although a damned good one, from the native
+standpoint."
+
+We all relaxed. This was an anticlimax. Stimson had built us up to
+something--just what, we were not sure--and then had pricked the bubble.
+
+"Well, it sounds reasonable," Baker finally remarked, returning the
+print to Stimson, "although not particularly dangerous, and certainly
+not worth risking our necks to spy on. However, I don't think it's good
+enough to explain all of the supplies that have gone into Yat."
+
+The consul nodded. "Yes, that's the rub. If they hadn't taken such pains
+to conceal the thing, I'd be inclined to call it just a cover for
+something else."
+
+"Maybe it still is," said Baker.
+
+Stimson looked at us carefully, as though making up his mind.
+
+"That is where you gentlemen come in," he said finally. "I have reason
+to believe that our picture has tipped their hand, that they are going
+ahead with whatever they have planned in the next few days. Someone's
+got to get to Yat first--someone who can observe intelligently, and
+speak the language. My staff is all clerical, and there is no chance to
+get any CIA men now. You're the only ones available."
+
+He paused. We looked at each other, and then at Baker. He cleared his
+throat a couple of times, took another squint at the photo, and then
+spoke.
+
+"Speaking for myself, Stimson, when do we leave?"
+
+"That goes for me too," said Martin. Chamberlin and I nodded.
+
+Stimson seemed relieved. "I'd hoped to hear that. In fact, I'd have been
+considerably embarrassed if you gentlemen hadn't come through, because I
+have a seaplane waiting right now to take you to Yat."
+
+
+
+
+II
+
+
+The next two hours passed swiftly. Once the decision was made, we
+all became so involved in the details of preparation as to have no more
+time for reflection, either upon the nature of what we should find on
+the island of Yat, or the possible personal consequences of our
+expedition.
+
+First Stimson briefed us on the geography of our objective. Yat was a
+volcanic island, one of a group strung across the shallow sea east of
+Borneo and north of Celebese. It was almost circular, with a diameter of
+about seven miles, and was entirely covered by a dense tropical forest.
+The principal feature of the island was an extinct volcanic crater,
+rising to an altitude of 2,000 feet, at the east end of the island. The
+crater measured about two miles across, and perhaps a third of its area
+was filled with water from a narrow channel leading to the sea. Photos
+taken before the closure of Yat by the Indonesians showed a typical
+Malay isle: cocoanut and mango plantations, with forests of gum and
+mahogany climbing and filling most of the crater. The entrance channel
+was narrow and quite deep and the interior lake constituted an ideally
+sheltered anchorage. On the east coast the land rose steeply in a series
+of mossy cliffs over which waterfalls poured, while to the west, away
+from the volcano, plantations stretched inland from the coral beaches.
+
+As we studied the pictures and charts, Stimson briefed us on the course
+of action.
+
+"Your first objective is to find out what they're doing in that crater.
+Are they building some new weapon, or training an army, or what. You'll
+have Geiger counters and a krypton analyser of course, although the
+analyser is no guarantee in detecting fissionable material production.
+Then we want to know what their plans are, particularly in the next few
+days or weeks. Finally, just who is involved in it? Is New Buddhism
+entirely Asiatic, as they claim, or has Russia cut herself in too?"
+
+"You will be landed on the west coast of the island just after sunset.
+The east, with its cliff and entrance channel is undoubtedly too well
+guarded, but on the west side, with four miles of flat country, they may
+depend on defense in depth, so that you'll have a better chance of
+getting past the beach. The plane will come in low, make a landing just
+off the breakers and drop you off in rubber swim suits. It will then
+taxi to the north of the island and make a fairly long stop, to divert
+attention, since it will certainly be picked up by radar. Your job will
+be to swim ashore, bury the rubber suits, and make your way east to the
+crater. If you reach the rim, see what you can, and report by radio at
+any hour. If you don't make it to the top, observe as much as possible
+on the island, make your reports, and rendezvous with the plane at your
+landing point at 2400 the next day. If you miss that time, a plane will
+be back daily at the same time for four days. After that, we will assume
+that you have been caught."
+
+We were driven to the harbor in the same disreputable taxicab which had
+brought us to the consulate a few hours before. Time was a little past
+three in the afternoon as the seaplane roared down a lane in the swarm
+of junks, tramp freighters and warships of the Indonesian state. We
+hoped that we were not too well observed; there was no way of knowing
+until we arrived on Yat, and the learning might not be too pleasant.
+
+The flight northeast from New Macassar was uneventful. We passed over a
+blue tropical sea, dotted with island jewels. For a time the low coast
+of the great island of Celebes made a blue haze on the eastern horizon,
+and then we had the ocean to ourselves. At dusk there were still two
+hundred miles between us and Yat, a flight of about forty minutes.
+Pulling down the shades, lest the cabin lights reveal us to a chance
+Indonesian patrol, we busied ourselves with packing the portable radio
+equipment and putting on our watertight clothing.
+
+The last fifty miles were made on the deck--in fact, once or twice the
+hull actually touched a wave-top. The pilot extinguished the cabin
+lights and we peered ahead for a first glimpse of our objective. The sky
+was clear, but the moon would not rise until nine, so that the only
+indication we had that Yat was at hand was a slight deepening in the
+tropic night ahead and to the right, which the pilot said marked Mount
+Kosan, the ancient crater. But no sooner had we gotten this vaguely
+orienting information, than the flaps were lowered, the plane slowed to
+under 100 miles per hour, and we touched the water. The co-pilot opened
+the side door, and we crouched together peering out. The plane taxied
+over a choppy cross sea toward the shadow of the island, while we
+squinted through the salt spray. Presently the engines dropped to idle,
+and the rumble of surf became audible.
+
+"Practically dead calm tonight," said the co-pilot reassuringly. "Wind
+usually dies out at sunset. You won't have any trouble getting through.
+Just watch your step when you're ashore."
+
+"That's always good advice for sailors," remarked Baker.
+
+As the plane lost headway, the white line of surf and the silhouettes of
+cocoa palms took shape. Evidently the plantations came right to the
+water's edge at this point, a circumstance for which we were all
+thankful. I was just turning to Martin with some remark about this when
+the pilot called softly and urgently. "We're as close as we can drift
+safely. Jump, and good luck."
+
+"Righto, and thanks," came Baker's voice, and then a splash. I was next.
+I took a deep breath, and clutched my rubber covered bundle of radio
+gear. I leaped out into darkness. An instant later I was gasping for air
+beside Baker. Two more splashes in quick succession and then the engines
+picked up speed, the dark shape of the wing overhead moved off, and we
+were alone.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+For a moment we swam in circles, getting our bearings. Baker had
+removed his glasses for the jump, and so we depended mainly on Martin
+for directions. There was really no need for worry, however, for it soon
+became apparent that a strong onshore current was bringing us in to the
+breakers at a good clip. The line of phosphorescence marking their
+crests was now hardly a hundred yards away.
+
+With Martin in the lead we began to swim. Presently one of the swells
+picked us up quite gently, moved us forward, and then suddenly exploded
+into a foamy torrent which tossed us head over heels and left us gasping
+and spitting sand on the beach.
+
+As quickly as possible we got into the shelter of the first ranks of
+trees. Here we dug a hole at the base of a great cocoanut palm and
+buried the rubber suits and cases of radio gear, along with a small vial
+of radium D. This had been provided for us, along with the Geiger
+counter, by the thorough Mr. Stimson as a means for locating our cache
+when we returned, if we should miss our bearings.
+
+It was 7:45 when this chore was completed. We had an hour and
+twenty-three minutes to moonrise.
+
+Turning inland, we walked in silence through the grove for a few hundred
+yards, and then came upon a road. This we recognized, from our map
+study, as the main coastal highway. We hurried across, rather elated at
+the progress we were making and a little surprised at the lack of fences
+or other protective devices on the island. Things seemed just too easy.
+
+On the other side of the road we encountered a rice paddy, which made
+the going a good deal more difficult. But after about ten minutes of
+sloshing through this, we came to a diagonal road, or rather path which
+seemed to be going our way. Thanks to this, by 8:45 we felt the ground
+rising underfoot and sensed a darker bulk in the shadows ahead, which
+could only be Mount Kosan itself. Here we came to our first fence, an
+affair of steel posts and barbed wire, which appeared to be a guard
+against cattle, but hardly more. After inspecting one of the posts for
+signs of electrification, we crawled under the bottom wire and started
+up the slope.
+
+"Are you sure we're on the right island?" asked Chamberlin. "From the
+security measures I don't think we're going to find anything more secret
+than a copra plantation."
+
+Baker shushed him, and whispered back, "We're on the right island, but
+that's the only thing that's right. This is simply too easy to be true."
+
+"Well," said Martin, "Stimson could be all wet. Maybe they're just
+sculping a king sized Buddha after all."
+
+The slope had now steepened considerably, and further conversation died
+out in the effort of climbing. The volcano was heavily forested all the
+way up with mahogany and gum trees, and a dense undergrowth of vines and
+ferns entangled our feet. Twice we came upon rapidly flowing streams.
+
+We were perhaps two thirds of the way up when the moon appeared. Its
+light didn't penetrate very far into the dense foliage, but it did
+enable us to make out the top of the mountain, which took the form of a
+vine covered outcrop of lava. We altered our course slightly, and at
+9:50 P.M. the forest fell away and we faced a rough wall of rock some
+two hundred feet in height.
+
+Before tackling this last obstacle, we paused for a rest and some hot
+coffee from the thermos which was included in our equipment. Then, at
+five minutes past ten, we started the final ascent.
+
+The cliff proved to be more of a climb than we had anticipated, and the
+time was close to eleven before we pulled ourselves up over the last
+boulder and could look across the crater to the other rim.
+
+The last few feet we negotiated with the greatest caution. Martin, I
+think, was first, and he pulled himself on his belly across to the
+beginning of the inner slope. He lay quietly for a half minute, then
+muttered something under his breath which sounded vaguely like "I'll be
+damned", and made way for Baker, who was next. I squeezed in beside him,
+and so we got a look into the crater at the same time. Baker, being a
+very self-contained man, made no audible comment, but I must have, for
+the sight which met our eyes was certainly the last thing I had expected
+to see.
+
+The crater of Mount Kosan was filled with steel and concrete structures
+of gargantuan size, and of the most amazing shapes I had ever seen. I
+say amazing, but I do not mean in the sense of unfamiliar, on the
+contrary these incredible objects had the commonest shapes. Had it not
+been for trees and normal buildings to give the scene a scale, I would
+have sworn that we were looking into a picnic grounds a hundred feet
+across instead of a two mile diameter plain ringed by mountains 2,000
+feet high. The buildings seen in the aerial photo occupied only a small
+part of the crater--all of the other structures must have been concealed
+by clouds.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Directly below our perch the rim dropped vertically into deep
+shadows, as the moonlight reached but half the crater. A thousand yards
+west of us, where the light first touched the floor, we could make out
+several clumps of brush or small trees, among which was set a
+rectangular concrete surface measuring perhaps four hundred feet square,
+and resting on hundred foot steel columns. Near this, and partly
+supported by the side of the mountain was what appeared to be a great
+table, of roughly the same area, but standing on trussed columns the
+height of a thirty story building. In front of this was a chair, if by
+chair you understand me to mean a boxlike building twenty stories high,
+with a braced back rising as far again. A half mile along the rim was an
+even larger structure whose dimensions could only be measured in
+fractions of miles, which resembled nothing more than a vast shed built
+against the cliff.
+
+Next my attention was attracted to a number of objects lying upon the
+platform immediately west of us. One of these appeared to be a steel
+bowl-like container some thirty feet deep and a hundred in diameter,
+like the storage tanks used in oil fields. Nearby was an open tank
+measuring perhaps fifty feet in each dimension, and beside this were the
+most startling of all--several hundred foot pieces of built-up
+structural steel resembling knife, fork and spoon.
+
+In retrospect, the deduction from this evidence was obvious, but as we
+stared down at this spectacle, a sort of numbness took hold of our
+minds. As a later comparison of impressions verified, none of us came
+remotely near guessing the truth in those incredible seconds. For what
+seemed like minutes we just stared, and then the spell was broken. Walt
+had squeezed in beside me, where he gave vent to a low whistle of
+amazement. Baker shushed him, and then shifted to a better position, in
+so doing knocking a rock from the ledge. This started a small avalanche
+which went clattering down the cliff with a sound, to our hypersensitive
+ears, like thunder. We all froze in our places, abruptly aware that the
+moon illuminated us like actors in a spotlight. For a good minute we
+waited tense, and then gradually relaxed. Baker started to say something
+when without warning the ground beneath us shook, starting a score of
+rockslides. We recoiled from the edge and braced for a stronger
+earthquake shock. Then suddenly Baker uttered a hoarse cry. He was
+pointing--pointing down into the blackness at our feet where our eyes
+had as yet been unable to penetrate. Something was there, something vast
+and dim and shapeless like a half inflated airship. Then a part of it
+was detached and came up almost to our level. It moved too rapidly for
+any detail to be seen--our only impression was of a vast white column
+large as the Washington monument which swung up into the moonlight and
+then was withdrawn. At the same time the ground quivered anew, starting
+fresh slides.
+
+We blinked stupidly for several seconds, and then became conscious for
+the first time of the sound. It was like a vast cavernous wheeze at
+first, and then a series of distinct wet thuds followed by a prolonged
+gurgling rumble. If these descriptive phrases sound strange and awkward,
+let me give assurance that they are as nothing to the eerie quality of
+the noises themselves. We lay glued to our rocky perch, hardly daring to
+breathe, until the last windy sigh had died away.
+
+Baker found his voice first. "Good God, it's something alive!"
+
+Chamberlin tried to reason. "It can't be--why, it's two hundred feet
+high--it's just a gas bag, like Stimson said. It's--"
+
+He stopped. The thing had moved again, more rapidly and with purpose.
+The great column rose, then pressed down into the ground and pushed the
+main bulk up out of the shadows. There was a moment of confusion while
+our senses tried to grasp shape and scale at the same time, and then it
+all came into focus as the thing arose into the light. At one instant we
+were sane humans, trying to make out a great billowy form wallowing in
+the darkness below. In the next instant we were madmen, staring into a
+human face a hundred feet wide, that peered back at us from the level of
+the cliff top! For a second we were all still--we four, and that titanic
+placid oriental face hanging before us in the moonlight. Then the great
+eyes blinked sleepily and the thing started to move toward us.
+
+I cannot recall in detail what happened. I remember someone screamed, an
+animal cry of pure terror. It may have been me, although Baker claims to
+be the guilty one. In any case the four of us arose as one and plunged
+headfirst off our rock into the tangle of brush at the top of the cliff.
+I think that only the vines saved us from certain death in that first
+mad instant. I know that we were wrestling with them for what seemed
+like an eternity. They wrapped around my legs, tangled in my arms. They
+were like clutching hands, holding me back in a nightmare-like struggle,
+while the thing in the crater came closer. Then abruptly I realized that
+they _were_ hands, human hands seizing us, pulling us back from the
+cliff and then skillfully tieing us up.
+
+It was all over in a moment. The madness was ended. We were once more
+rational humans, tied hand and foot, and propped against the rocky ledge
+in front of a dozen yellow-robed men. For a time we just breathed
+heavily--ourselves and our brown skinned captors alike. Then one of the
+latter spoke.
+
+"You can stand now, yes?"
+
+Baker struggled to his feet in reply. The rest of us did likewise, aided
+not unkindly, by the yellow-robed men. Baker found his voice.
+
+"Thank you," he said. In the brightening moonlight we looked more
+carefully at our captors. They were of small stature, evidently
+Japanese, and, by their costume, all priests.
+
+Baker laughed briefly and glanced at the rest of us. "It would appear,"
+he said dryly, "that we have been taken."
+
+
+
+
+III
+
+
+The leader of the priests indicated by a gesture that he wished
+us to move along a narrow trail cut in the vines along the rim. I
+attempted to get another look at the horror within the crater, but the
+ledge of rock down which we had just fallen stood in the way. We were
+guided into a pitch black trail which descended steeply into the forest
+on the outer slope of Mount Kosan.
+
+I lost track of direction almost at once. The trail zigzagged a couple
+of times, and then I sensed that we were in a covered passage. After a
+few more steps and a turn, a light appeared ahead, to show we were
+walking in a concrete lined tunnel. Our captors had split themselves
+into two groups, a half dozen ahead and an equal number behind. Soon
+there appeared a metal door in one wall, which proved to be the entrance
+to an elevator. We all squeezed in, and were taken down a distance which
+surely must have brought us near to the crater floor itself. The door
+then opened, and again we were escorted along a concrete passage. There
+were many turns. Our captors paused before a narrow door with a tiny
+barred window. This was unlocked, we were directed to enter, and the
+door clanked shut behind us.
+
+For the first few minutes no one had anything to say. We examined the
+interior of our cell, but found nothing more remarkable than concrete, a
+small ventilator hole near the ceiling, and a wooden bench along the
+wall opposite the door.
+
+Martin found his voice first. "A human being," he said slowly, "as big
+as the Woolworth Building!"
+
+Chamberlin, apparently still involved in his last abortive try at reason
+said, "But it's impossible. The laws of mechanics--why the biggest
+dinosaurs were only eighty feet long, and they had to be supported by
+water. It's a mechanical device, I tell you."
+
+"It could have been an illusion," I ventured. "Perhaps an image
+projected on a fog bank, or something similar--" Neither Walt nor I were
+very convincing--not with the memory of that face fresh in our minds. We
+all fell silent again.
+
+Several minutes passed, when abruptly we became conscious of a movement
+of the floor, slight but repeated with regularity. A shake, a pause of
+six or eight seconds, then another shake. Baker stood on the bench and
+put his ear to the ventilator. He heard nothing. The movement came
+again. Shake, pause, shake, pause, like some distant and monstrous
+machine. I was reminded of the small earthquakes felt in the vicinity of
+a heavy drop hammer. Shake, pause, shake, pause, and then a heavier jolt
+accompanied by a distinct thud. After that, quiet.
+
+"Obviously," Baker said, "they knew all about us." He was evidently
+thinking out loud. "Probably picked us up on the beach, and then just
+let us go on, clearing out the guards ahead, and keeping near enough to
+see that we didn't use the radio. Why? Maybe to find out how much we
+knew about the place already. I daresay they know one thing now: we
+never expected to find--what we did. Which brings us to our Buddha. The
+big question is, is it mechanical or--alive?" He paused. "I don't
+know--none of us can know yet--but, I'm inclined to believe the latter.
+Cady, what's your opinion?"
+
+I had forgotten for the moment that I was a zoologist. To tell the
+truth, the whole thing had been a little outside of the type of specimen
+I was familiar with.
+
+"Its movements were lifelike," I replied. "They suggest muscular action
+rather than mechanical drive. But, as Walt says, it's just not possible.
+Nature has placed a limit on the size of living creatures. The strength
+of bones, the energy requirements, the osmotic pressures needed to move
+fluids through tissue. Besides, where could it come from? There have
+been giants--eight, ten, maybe up to twelve feet--but this thing is of a
+different order of magnitude. It must weigh millions of pounds. As a
+zoologist, I can't believe that it's alive."
+
+Martin and Chamberlin had a few more remarks of the same nature, and
+then the conversation died away. We waited. Eventually they would
+come--the yellow-robed ones. When they did, we might learn more. I had
+little doubt as to our ultimate fate, but in the dulled condition of my
+senses, I didn't seem particularly to care.
+
+My watch had been smashed in the struggle, so that I had no idea of how
+long they kept us in the cell. It could not have been too many hours,
+for the elementary needs of nature had only begun to assert themselves
+when the sound of a key came from the door. We all stood up. It was our
+conductor of last night, the one who spoke pidgin English.
+
+"Good morning, gentlemens," he said with a bow. "You spend nice night,
+yes? Get plenty sleep?"
+
+We did not reply. Still smiling politely, he beckoned. "Now please to
+come with me. Head Lama talk to you now."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Once more we traversed the interminable concrete corridors of that
+subterranean city, but this time we came out into a hall illuminated by
+natural daylight. The walls here were neatly plastered, and the doors
+more ornamental.
+
+"Getting near the high brass," murmured Chamberlin.
+
+The last hall was terminated by a window and balcony, beyond which the
+green of a distant hillside could be seen. Before we reached this,
+however, our guide stopped at a heavy aluminum door and directed us into
+a sort of ante-room, occupied by uniformed guards and a male
+receptionist. A few words were exchanged in Japanese, and the guards
+quickly and expertly frisked us, although this had already been done
+once. This ceremony over, another door was opened and we were admitted
+to a large and sunny office, whose big windows gave a panoramic view of
+the whole crater.
+
+Our eyes were so dazzled by the sudden burst of light, and our curiosity
+was so great to see that fantastic place by daylight, that we did not at
+once see the man who sat behind a desk opposite the windows, watching us
+with an expression of high amusement. Baker first noticed him.
+
+"Phobat Rau! So you're back of this, after all!"
+
+The other stood up. He was a short man, evidently Burmese, and wore a
+tan military uniform. His smile revealed a bonanza of gold teeth, while
+his thick lensed spectacles glittered in the brilliant sunshine
+streaming in through the windows.
+
+"It is a great pleasure to have you here, Professor Baker, although
+there is in the circumstances some cause for regret. But all that in its
+time. What do you think of our Buddha?"
+
+As he spoke, Baker was glancing about the room, and I saw that his eye
+had alighted upon an instrument just behind Rau's desk. A second look
+showed it to be a tape recorder, with the operating lamp on.
+
+"Until we have more data," replied Baker, "our views are still as you
+have them recorded."
+
+Phobat Rau laughed delightedly. "You're a good observer, Professor. Yes,
+I must confess I was curious about your reactions to our charge. So you
+doubt that he is alive?"
+
+Baker nodded. "Under the circumstances last night, there was every
+chance for a mistake, or a hoax."
+
+"In that case, perhaps you would like a second look. He's right across
+the valley now, having his breakfast."
+
+We hastened to the window. Rau's office, we found, was in a sort of
+cliff house perched half way up the northern side of the crater, and
+commanded a view of the entire area, now brightly illuminated by the
+morning sunlight. We easily identified the enormous furniture of last
+night, against the west cliff about a mile away. But we had little
+interest in these structures, monstrous as they were. For, sitting
+cross-legged on the ground before the low table, was the giant. At that
+distance he did not look so huge--in fact, with an effort we could
+almost ignore scale and perspective and imagine that he was a normal
+human fifty feet distant. He appeared a typical young Japanese, his hair
+cut long in the old style, and wearing a sleeveless tunic like the
+statues of Buddha. His face was smooth and serene, and he was eating a
+white pasty looking substance from his great steel dish, using a big
+spoon. Even as we watched, he finished the meal and stood up, causing
+the whole building to sway slightly. He glanced about for a moment, his
+eye lingering briefly in our direction, and then he walked in a
+leisurely way to the lagoon, where he bent over and rinsed out his
+utensils. Returning to the table, he placed them carefully in the
+position we had noted last night. He then straightened to his full
+height, raised his great arms far up into the morning air and began a
+series of earth shaking calisthenics. After about ten minutes of this he
+walked over to the leanto structure, entered and closed a curtain behind
+him.
+
+Rau, who had been watching us with great amusement, offered an
+explanation.
+
+"His reading room. Books on his scale would be a bit difficult to make,
+so he uses microfilm and a projector. The microfilm," he added, "is on
+eight by ten plates, and the screen is two hundred feet square."
+
+We returned to the desk and took the seats Rau indicated.
+
+"So now," said our host, "you would like to hear a word of explanation,
+perhaps?"
+
+"Several, if you can spare the time," answered Baker with a dryness
+equal to Rau's.
+
+"It all began," began Phobat Rau, "on a beautiful summer's day in 1945,
+August 6, I believe, was the exact date. Perhaps you recall what
+happened on that day, in the city of Hiroshima. If not, I will refresh
+your memories. A bomb was dropped on that day, a new type of bomb. It
+caused a great deal of destruction, and killed tens of thousands of
+people. Some died at once from the blast and heat, but many more, who
+had escaped apparently uninjured, developed serious illness days later
+and died. The cause you know, of course. It was called radiation injury,
+the internal destruction of cell structure by gamma rays emitted by the
+bomb.
+
+"Many strange things happened in that blast. In some, injury was
+confined to particular parts of the body, as the hair. Others were made
+sterile, in fact, the reproductive function and apparatus seemed
+particularly susceptible to the rays. In many cases, the genes--those
+vital units within the cell which determine growth and structure and all
+physical and mental characteristics--the genes were altered, so that
+children grew abnormally, with deformities or mental sickness.
+
+"But these things you well know. Afterwards biologists and physicians
+and geneticists came from all parts of the world to study the effects of
+the atomic bomb, and the flow of learned papers on this subject is not
+ended even now."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The speaker paused, as if inviting some comment or question. Seeing that
+we intended to remain silent, he resumed.
+
+"There was one case, however, which was not studied by western
+scientists. In many respects, it was the most interesting of all, for
+the bomb blast and the accompanying deluge of gamma radiation occurred
+just at the instant of conception. As usual, damage was sustained by the
+genes, but this damage was of a peculiar and highly special sort. The
+only gene affected, apparently, was the one controlling growth,
+although, as you will see presently, other structural and chemical
+changes took place without which the growth could never have occurred.
+
+"The infant involved was a male, named Kazu Takahashi. He was born
+prematurely on March 26, 1946, with a weight of fourteen pounds six
+ounces. The parents were well to do, and the infant was given the best
+of care, first in a private hospital, and later in its own home.
+
+"During the first few days of life, little Kazu was apparently normal,
+except for his prematureness and a rather great weight for a seven-month
+infant. And then the change began. His nurse first noticed an increasing
+appetite. He cried constantly and would be silent only when feeding. He
+emptied nursing bottles in a few seconds, after he learned to pull off
+the nipple, and was soon consuming a quart of milk every hour. The nurse
+humored him, in order to keep him quiet, and presently became afraid to
+tell either the parents or the doctor just how much milk her charge was
+drinking. As the days passed and no ill effects developed, she became
+less worried, although the daily milk ration had to be increased twice,
+to 23 quarts a day on the sixth day.
+
+"Kazu doubled his weight in the first eleven days, and at the end of two
+weeks tipped the scales at 39 pounds. His pink tender skin was now
+rapidly becoming normal in color and texture, and he was behaving more
+and more like an ordinary child, although already of startling size. By
+the fourth week he was drinking 59 quarts of milk a day and weighed 145
+pounds. The parents--by now thoroughly alarmed--called in the doctor,
+who at once realized the cause of the abnormality. He could offer no
+suggestions, however, save to continue feeding at a rate to keep the
+child quiet. This, by the sixth week, soared to the incredible figure
+of 130 quarts a day to feed a baby now five feet tall and weighing 290
+pounds. At this point the Takahashi family felt that their problem was
+getting beyond them, and being Buddhists, they appealed to the local
+temple--it was not in Hiroshima, but at a nearby town--for assistance.
+The priests took the child in, after a generous contribution had been
+made by father Takahashi, and for a time the embarrassing matter seemed
+solved. The Takahashis went on a three weeks vacation to the south coast
+of Honshu, and all was peaceful, externally at least.
+
+"When the family returned, they found a note under the door urgently
+requesting their presence at the temple. When they arrived, they were
+met by a highly agitated chief priest. Something had to be done, he
+said. Things were getting out of hand. He then took them to the nursery.
+Here they beheld a baby that would have been seven feet eight inches
+tall if it could stand, and which had weighed in that morning on the
+platform scales in the temple kitchen, at 670 pounds. After hearing the
+details of the milk bill, father Takahashi wrote out another check and
+departed hurriedly.
+
+"After the passage of three more weeks, a delegation from the temple
+again waited upon Mr. Takahashi, with the news that his son now measured
+9 feet 3 inches in length, weighed 1175 pounds, and consumed the entire
+output of a local dairy. They politely requested that he take care of
+his own infant. Mr. Takahashi as politely refused, and at this point
+bowed out of our story completely."
+
+Phobat Rau hesitated again and inquired if his statistics were boring
+us. Baker glanced out of the window and replied that while he ordinarily
+did not have much appreciation of figures of this kind, under the
+circumstances they had a certain interest. Rau smiled briefly and
+continued.
+
+"The summer of 1946 was one of increasing difficulty for the temple. By
+the beginning of July Kazu weighed 1600 pounds and cried with a voice
+like a wounded bull. A number of trustworthy medical men examined him,
+and concurred that his only abnormality was size. In bodily proportions
+he was quite ordinary, and, for a 3-1/2 month baby, his mental
+development was, if anything, a bit ahead of normal. The priests took in
+their belts, appointed eight of the strongest as nursemaids, and
+wondered where it would all end.
+
+"It was at this point that a member of the Buddhist priesthood from
+Burma happened to pass through the neighborhood and heard of the infant.
+After being sworn to secrecy; even from other members of his order, he
+was allowed to view little Kazu. Now this priest, whose name I might as
+well admit was Phobat Rau, had perhaps a bit more imagination than some
+others, and when he looked upon the little monster, he was struck by an
+idea which was to grow like Kazu himself."
+
+"The Living Buddha," murmured Baker, "Ye Gods, what a symbol."
+
+Rau nodded like a schoolteacher. "A symbol, and more. A machine to
+rebuild the world, or conquer it!"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Baker chose to ignore this leading remark. He wanted more of the story.
+
+"So you took him over?"
+
+"Well, it was not so easy as that. You see, I was only a young priest
+then, and had no resources to undertake such a project. But the more I
+thought of the possibilities, the more sure I was. But first I had to
+convince others, and time was short. The priests were near to their
+limit, and were about to appeal to the Americans. I secured their
+promise to wait until I could return to Burma, and then I flew to
+Bangkok, to Rangoon, to every center of Buddhism where I was known. It
+was a sales trip, you might say, and for a time I thought that I had
+failed. But there were also forces working for me. The world was
+uncertain. The communists were at the start of their triumphal sweep
+over Asia, and the leaders of our faith foresaw what lay ahead. On the
+first of August, 1946, a delegation of priests from eight Buddhist
+countries journeyed to Japan to view Kazu, who was now a lusty 4-1/2
+months old, 12-1/2 feet long and of 2914 pounds weight. He was in fine
+health, and when he slept the resemblance to the infant Buddha was
+startling. You gentlemen are worldly men, and I pride myself upon
+freedom from the more naive illusions of my faith, but perhaps you can
+try to imagine that our feelings were not entirely those of ambitious
+schemers--that perhaps within us was some higher motive for the step we
+took. Our poor suffering Asia was in deeper misery than ever before, for
+atop her own famine and war had come also the troubles of the west.
+Under the Red flag millions of our deluded countrymen were taking arms
+against their brothers. Confused by a glib ideology, they were daily
+turning more from the religion of their fathers. Although we did not
+speak it, we all felt inwardly that perhaps there was a purpose in this
+great infant--that, though we made promises with tongue in cheek,
+perhaps a miracle would occur to fulfill them.
+
+"And so we arranged to transport Kazu Takahashi from Japan to a safe
+location where he might grow to manhood, where he might be suitably
+educated to take the place that we would prepare for him. The details of
+this move were not difficult to arrange. A special traveling crib 20
+feet long was built, and in this by truck, lighter and motor junk he was
+carried by easy stages to this island. Here we established a great
+monastery, surrounded by rice and fruit plantations. Here we brought
+physicians and scholars to care for him and plan his education, and we
+built a nursery to accommodate his increasing bulk.
+
+"We did not know, of course, what his final size would be. We kept
+careful records of his growth, but even after the first year he was not
+more than ten times the normal height. But year by year we had to
+revise our estimates, for his growth soon accelerated beyond our wildest
+expectations. For a time indeed we feared that it would never stop and
+that he would die of starvation when the world could no longer feed him.
+For a time also we were sure that he would never be able to stand,
+through the action of simple mechanical laws relating to weight and the
+size of bones, but apparently nature has provided a marvelous
+compensation, for his bones, as revealed by X-rays, are of a density and
+strength equal to that of steel.
+
+"His feeding was always a problem, although fortunately its increase was
+not beyond our ability to organize and plan. At first we supplied him
+from plantations on Yat and on neighboring islands. Then we were forced
+to organize Neo-Buddhism as an implement to solicit contributions of
+food and money. Perforce we took many into partial confidence, but the
+complete story was known only to those on Yat.
+
+"On his first birthday Kazu was 29-1/2 feet long and weighed 30,100
+pounds. By his second birthday he could walk, and now surpassed all land
+animals save the monsters of the Jurassic age, with a height to 51 feet
+and a weight of 158,000 pounds. During 1949, while the communists were
+overrunning China, our Buddha grew from 70 to 82 feet. In June of 1950,
+while the world watched the flames of war kindle in Korea, we saw him
+exceed the capacity of our million pound scale. In the year of 1950 also
+we built his first schoolroom and developed the system of projected
+pictures and letters used in his education.
+
+"In 1951, Buddha's increasing appetite combined with the inroads made by
+the communists upon our territory brought a crisis. He was now 200 feet
+tall, weighed seven million pounds and ate as much as 75,000 men. In
+spite of all our efforts, his food supply was dwindling and, worse, the
+communists were becoming suspicious. And so we were forced to a
+decision. We had to appeal to the western world. But to whom? To
+America, or to Russia? You all know the situation in 1952, the time of
+the false peace. We turned to Russia. They sent a commission to
+investigate, and then acted with dispatch. Russia would feed our Buddha,
+but on a condition: Neo-Buddhism must sponsor communism.
+
+"We had no choice. Now that the secret was out, Russia had Yat at its
+mercy. So we agreed, but with one reservation. We alone should direct
+the education of Kazu. To this Russia agreed. Perhaps they considered
+that it was unimportant. Perhaps they thought that Kazu was an idiot,
+useful only as a symbol. But they agreed, and so his education continued
+in the tradition of Buddhist scholarship. He is well read, gentlemen. He
+knows the classics of China, and of India, and of the west also. I
+myself taught him English. At the request of our sponsors, he has
+studied Russian. He is still young, but he has an inquiring mind. When
+he takes his true place in the world, he may not always be the tool of
+the Kremlin. But of these things even I am not given to know."
+
+Rau paused, and indicated the window. Buddha was emerging from his
+leanto.
+
+"Look well, gentlemen. There stands the hope of Asia. There is the
+Living Buddha himself. He is only 19 years of age, but he stands 590
+feet high, and weighs 198,000,000 pounds. At first he will be but a
+symbol, but soon he will be much more. The time of compromise, I promise
+you, will not last forever."
+
+Rau stopped. We waited for him to resume, but instead, he pressed a
+button on his desk. Immediately several members of the guard entered.
+Rau now addressed us in a new voice.
+
+"Gentlemen, you probably wonder why I have spoken so frankly of all of
+this. To be candid, to a certain extent I wonder also. Perhaps it is to
+get it off my chest, as you say. Perhaps it is just pride in what I have
+done. But whatever the reason, the consequences for you are regrettable.
+Your spying trip to Yat alone is sufficient for death; what I have told
+you makes your return a complete impossibility. I am sorry, particularly
+for you, Baker. We shall do it as humanely as possible. Good day."
+
+The guards, as upon a signal, closed in on us. For a second I thought
+insanely of flight, or a plunge through the great windows to certain
+death on the crags below. But there was no chance. Before any thought
+could be translated into action we were back in the corridor, escorted
+by an augmented guard of priests, on our way back to our cell, and
+death. A death that would be--as "humane as possible".
+
+
+
+
+IV
+
+
+It was not until some minutes after the steel door had clicked shut that
+the full realization of our predicament came to us. Rau's story had been
+so fascinating, and his manner so rational and civilized that we all had
+forgotten that he was of a race and ideology opposed to all that we
+stood for, and that we were spies caught red-handed in the innermost
+shrine of Neo-Buddhism. Even after twenty years of cold war, all of our
+civilized instincts rose against the idea that a suave brilliant
+intellectual like Phobat Rau could so cold bloodedly order our deaths.
+
+But the awakening was at hand. If we doubted Rau's intentions, one look
+at the cold Mongol faces of the guards was enough to dispel any hope.
+Baker tried to sum it up.
+
+"No use trying to argue with him. Fact is, we won't even see Rau again.
+We could, of course, simply call it quits and wait for them, but I'd
+rather fight it out. Anyone have an idea?"
+
+Martin hopped up on the bench and studied the ventilator. He reached one
+arm in as far as possible, and reported that there was a bend about a
+foot in. While he was doing this, Chamberlin made a minute investigation
+of the door, but found that neither hinges nor lock were accessible.
+There were no other openings into the chamber save the electric conduit
+which presumably entered above the electric fixture in the ceiling.
+Finally Baker spoke.
+
+"Nothing we can do until they come for us. We'd better plan towards
+that, unless they're going to gas us through the ventilator."
+
+This unpleasant thought had not occurred to the rest of us before.
+Martin returned to the opening and sniffed, and then with happy
+inspiration, he rolled up his jacket and stuffed it in. Baker nodded
+approval.
+
+So the time passed. We listened at the door for footsteps but none came.
+Presently we became aware of a now familiar sensation. The floor
+commenced to shake gently and regularly. We counted the steps. There
+were twelve, and then they stopped. Chamberlin calculated mentally.
+
+"Say, about 250 feet per step. That would be three thousand feet--six
+tenths of a mile. Wonder where--"
+
+Martin, still near the ventilator, shushed him, and pulled the coat out.
+Through the small hole we heard a deep sound, a sort of low pitched
+irregular rumble. Baker suddenly jumped up and listened at the opening.
+After a bit the sound stopped. Baker became excited.
+
+"It was a voice," he explained. "I think it was _his_ voice. It was
+speaking Japanese. I couldn't catch many words, but I think he was
+talking about us."
+
+Now the rumble came again, and louder. A few words, a pause, and then
+more words, as though he was in conversation with someone whom we could
+not hear. Baker listened intently, but he could catch only fragments,
+owing to his small knowledge of Japanese and the extremely low pitched
+articulation of the giant. Presently the voice rose to a volume which
+literally made the mountain tremble, and then it stopped.
+
+Baker shook his head. "Couldn't make it out. I think he was inquiring
+where we were, but it was too idiomatic. I think he became excited or
+angry at the last."
+
+"Fee, fi, fo, fum," said Chamberlin. "Now wouldn't _that_ be an
+interesting end?"
+
+Martin laughed. "We wouldn't even be enough to taste."
+
+As no one else seemed anxious to pursue this subject further, we
+subsided into a sort of lethargy. Even plans for what we should do when
+the guards came were forgotten. And then, suddenly, the door was opened.
+
+We all sprang to our feet. A priest--in fact, the same one who had
+brought us here originally--came in. A squad of guards stood outside.
+
+"Good afternoon, how are you? Chief Priest ask me to tell you, Buddha
+wish to see you. Please you come with me." He politely indicated the
+door.
+
+With a shrug Baker complied, and the rest of us followed. Down the hall
+we marched again, through all of the turns of the morning and so at last
+into the corridor which ended in a window. This time we passed the
+aluminum door and continued right to the end. The window, we now saw,
+was really a French door which opened to a small balcony. Our guide
+opened the door and pushed us out. The balcony, we found, was about four
+hundred feet above the valley floor, but we did not spend much time
+enjoying the view.
+
+Scarcely fifty feet in front of us stood the Living Buddha!
+
+For a full minute we stared at each other, and then I began to realize
+that he was embarrassed! A wrinkle appeared between his eyes and he
+swallowed a couple of times. Then he spoke.
+
+"Good afternoon, Professor Baker and party. I am happy to meet you."
+
+The voice, and particularly the language, so startled us that for a
+moment nobody could think of a reply. The voice was a deep pulsing
+rumble, like the tone of the biggest pipes of an organ, and filled with
+a variety of glottal wheezings and windy overtones. I think it was
+through these additional sounds rather than the actual tones that we
+could understand him at all, for the fundamentals were surely below the
+ordinary limits of human audibility. What we heard and could translate
+into articulate words was hardly more than a cavernous whisper. The
+important thing was that we could understand him, and, more than that,
+that he was friendly. Baker made reply at last.
+
+"Good afternoon. We also are happy, and most honored. How should we
+address you?"
+
+"My name is Kazu Takahashi, but I am told that I am also Buddha. This I
+would like to discuss with you, if you have time."
+
+"We have time for nothing else," said Baker.
+
+Buddha's eyebrows raised slightly. "So I was right. They are going to
+kill you."
+
+Baker glanced at us meaningfully. This giant was no fool. Suddenly there
+came over me a little thrill of hope. Maybe--but he was speaking again.
+
+"I have not before had opportunity to talk to men from west. Only from
+China, Japan, Soviet State. You will tell me of rest of world?"
+
+"With pleasure," said Baker.
+
+I became conscious that the door behind us was opening. I glanced back,
+and saw Phobat Rau, surrounded by guards and priests. He gestured to us
+to come in. Baker turned, while Buddha bent his head closer to see also.
+
+Rau came to the door. "Come back," he called urgently. "You are in grave
+danger. You must come in."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Quite definitely I had no desire to go in. Neither did Baker, for he
+shook his head and moved away from the door. Rau's face was suddenly
+enraged. He made a quick motion to the guards, and then held them back.
+With an evident effort he calmed himself and called again, softly.
+
+"Please come in. I was hasty this morning. I am sorry. I think now I see
+a way for you to return safely, if you will come in."
+
+For reply, Baker turned to the giant. He climbed upon the rail of the
+balcony.
+
+"Take us away from here, if you wish to hear what we have to say. Take
+us, or they will kill us!"
+
+In answer, Buddha extended one hand, palm up, so that it was level with
+the balcony. For an instant I hesitated at the sight of that irregular
+rough surface, big as a city block, and then I heard steps behind us and
+a click. With one accord we leaped over the parapet just as a scattered
+volley of pistol shots rang out. We tumbled head over heels down a rough
+leathery slope into a hollow, and then the platform lifted like a roller
+coaster. In a second the balcony, the whole hillside vanished and we
+went rocketing up into the blue sky. A gale of wind blew past, almost
+carrying us with it, and then a portion of the surface rose and became
+thirty foot tree trunks which curled incredibly over and around us,
+forming a small cavern which shut out the wind and held us securely
+against falling.
+
+Buddha had closed his fist.
+
+For a breathless fifteen seconds we were carried in darkness, and then
+the great hand unfolded. It was lying flat on an immense smooth area of
+concrete, which we presently identified as the higher of the two tables.
+We got to our feet and staggered to the edge of the palm. Here we met
+another problem, in the form of a rounded ten foot drop-off to the
+concrete table. As we stood looking down in dismay, the other vast hand
+came up from below, carrying a heavy sheet of metal. This was carefully
+placed with one edge on the hand and the other on the table, forming a
+ramp. Holding onto each other for mutual support, we made our way to the
+table and there literally collapsed. Chamberlin became violently sick,
+and none of the rest of us felt much better. The giant carefully
+withdrew both hands and watched us from a distance of a hundred yards,
+with only the head and upper part of his body visible.
+
+From our position on the concrete platform I now looked closely at Kazu
+for the first time. My first impression was not so much one of size, as
+of an incredible richness of detail. It was like examining a normal
+human through a powerful microscope, except here the whole was visible
+at once. Even at a distance of two hundred feet, the hair, the
+eyelashes, the pores of the skin showed up with a texture and form which
+I had never noted before, even in my studies as a biologist. The general
+effect was most confusing, for I would lose and regain the sense of
+scale, first thinking of him as an ordinary man, and then realizing the
+proportion. The nearest comparison that I can think of is the sensation
+when standing very close to a large motion picture screen, but here the
+image is blurry whereas I saw with a clarity and sharpness that was
+simply unbelievable.
+
+Buddha seemed to realize our condition, for he smiled sympathetically,
+and waited until poor Walt had recovered somewhat from his nausea.
+Baker, as spokesman, renewed the conversation. Walking a few steps
+toward the front of the enormous desk, he spoke in a loud clear voice.
+
+"You have saved our lives. We thank you."
+
+The great head nodded benignly, and after a thoughtful pause, that
+strange voice began.
+
+"My teachers have brought others before me to lecture, but always I know
+that they speak only as they are told to speak. You are different. I am
+glad that I saw you last night, or I would never know that you had
+come."
+
+He paused, evidently gathering his thoughts for the next foray into an
+unfamiliar language. Then he leaned closer.
+
+"Phobat Rau has spoken to you of my birth and life here?"
+
+Baker nodded, and then, realizing that Kazu could not see such a
+microscopic movement, he replied orally.
+
+"He has told us your story in detail. It is a marvel which we can yet
+scarcely believe. But the greatest marvel of all is that you speak our
+language, and comprehend so quickly."
+
+Kazu thought of this for a moment.
+
+"Yes, my teachers have done well, I think. I have studied the writings
+of many great men, but there is yet much that I do not understand. I
+think it is important that I understand, because I am so strong. I do
+not wish to use this strength for evil, and I am not sure that those
+whom my teachers serve are good. I have studied the words of the great
+Buddha, but now my teachers say that I am to appear as if I were Buddha.
+But that is an untruth, and untruth is evil. So now I hope that you will
+tell me the whole truth."
+
+Kazu stepped back a quarter of a mile, and then reappeared, dragging his
+four hundred foot chair. Sitting on this, he crouched forward until his
+face was hardly a hundred feet before us, and his warm humid breath
+swept over us like wind from some exotic jungle. Baker took a moment to
+marshal his thoughts, and then came forward, threw out his chest and
+began speaking as though addressing an outdoor political meeting.
+
+How long Baker spoke I do not know. He began by outlining history,
+contrasting the ideals of Buddha and other great religious leaders with
+the dark record of human oppression and cruelty. Kazu's vast face proved
+most expressive of his feelings as he listened intently. When Baker came
+to the subject of communism, he leaned over so far backward in his
+effort to be fair that I feared that he was overdoing it, and would
+convince the giant in the wrong direction.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+When Baker was only part-way through his lecture, he remarked that some
+point in geography could be better explained by a drawing, but that
+obviously he could not make one large enough for Kazu to see. At this
+the giant laughed and pointed to his big leanto.
+
+"Come," he said, "you shall draw on a piece of glass and the light will
+make it great that I may see."
+
+We were thereupon transferred the mile distance to the building by a
+reversal of our previous route: up the ramp to Kazu's ample palm, a
+series of breathtaking swoops through space, and we were in the vast
+interior of the leanto.
+
+The furnishings of this study room consisted of a chair, a sloping
+writing desk and a screen fully two hundred feet square on the wall
+opposite the chair. Beside the chair was a sort of bracket on the wall
+which supported the projection room. Kazu placed his hand level with an
+elevated balcony leading to this and we scrambled off. With Baker in the
+lead, we opened the door and entered the projection room. It was larger
+than we had estimated from outside, when we had the immense furniture
+for comparison. The dimensions were perhaps forty feet on the side, and
+most of the interior was taken up by shelves on which were stored
+thousands of films of book pages, maps, photographs and diagrams of all
+kinds. In the side facing the screen were a number of ports and a
+battery of movie and still projectors. One of the latter was, we saw,
+adapted for writing or drawing on the glass slide while it was being
+projected. We studied this for a moment, located the special marking
+pencil, and then I called out of the door that we were ready.
+
+"Look also," replied Kazu, "you will find device which magnify voice. My
+teachers use this always."
+
+A further search disclosed a microphone and the switch for a public
+address amplifier. Baker settled down to his now illustrated lecture.
+
+After he had talked himself hoarse, Baker asked each of the rest of us
+to speak briefly on our own specialties. I was the last, and I was
+practically through when I became aware that we were not alone in the
+room. I gave Martin a nudge, and turned from the microphone to face
+eight of the uniformed guards, led by our friendly yellow-robed priest.
+Only now he wasn't friendly, and he carried a heavy automatic which was
+carefully aimed right at us.
+
+"Very clever, gentlemen," he said. "You took good advantage of your
+chance with our simple giant, did you not? Tried your best to ruin the
+whole work of Pan-Asia just to save your miserable skins. Well, you
+shall not--"
+
+He was interrupted by the thunder of Kazu's voice.
+
+"Please continue, Mr. Cady. I find it most interesting. Why do you
+stop?"
+
+I took a step toward the microphone, but a menacing gesture with the gun
+stopped me. I looked from yellow-robe to Baker. After a moment's
+hesitation, the latter spoke.
+
+"I'm afraid, my friend, that you have misjudged the situation. I admit
+that we jumped into Buddha's hand to escape from Phobat Rau, but if you
+are familiar with the expression, our leap was from the frying pan into
+the fire. Your giant is holding us prisoner, and even now forces us to
+tell him things on pain of death."
+
+The priest looked astonished, and the gun barrel dropped slightly.
+
+"No one," continued Baker in a sincere tone, "could have been more
+welcome than you. But"--his voice dropped and he took a step toward the
+other--"we must be careful. If he should even suspect that you are here
+to rescue us, he would crush this room like an egg!"
+
+The priest, now thoroughly alarmed, glanced about nervously, his
+automatic pointing at the floor. The guards, who knew no English, looked
+at each other in surprise.
+
+Baker took quick advantage of the confusion.
+
+"We must not allow him to become suspicious. I will continue talking
+over the microphone while your guards take my friends to safety."
+
+With this he stepped to the microphone and projector. The priest seemed
+for an instant about to stop him, and then he turned to the guards and
+gave a series of rapid orders. They advanced and surrounded Martin, Walt
+and me, and indicated by gesture that we were to go with them to the
+walk-way which led to the wall of the great room. In panic I looked at
+Baker, but he was bent over the glass plate of the projector, drawing
+something and speaking in his precise clipped voice.
+
+"I shall now show you a map of the United States and indicate the
+principal cities. First, on the Atlantic coast we have New York...."
+
+We were out of the room and on the gallery. For a moment I thought that
+Kazu might see us, and then I realized that the whole place was dark and
+that he was concentrating on Baker's silly map. Briefly I wondered what
+Baker was up to anyway, but this sudden terrible turn of events made any
+kind of calm reasoning very difficult.
+
+Outside the projection room, Baker's voice came booming over the
+loudspeakers.
+
+"Chicago is located at the southern end of Lake Michigan, just west of
+Detroit, while St. Louis--"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Suddenly the room lights came on, and the whole structure of the bridge
+shook as from an earthquake. The guards ahead abruptly turned and
+scrambled back, knocking us over in their haste. I grabbed the handrail
+for support, and then became aware of a vast blurry shape looming above
+and of a hand as large as a building that reached down toward the
+guards, now halfway back to the projection room. In a sort of hypnotic
+horror I watched the thumb and forefinger snap them and a thirty foot
+section of railing off into space. Then, very gently the hand plucked
+the roof from the projection room, exposing Baker and the priest.
+Yellow-robe dropped his gun and ran towards a corner, but Baker neatly
+tripped him and then stepped back for Kazu to finish the job.
+
+A moment later Baker came out onto the bridge. Martin tried to frame a
+question.
+
+"What--how did he--?"
+
+Baker grinned and pointed silently at the screen. We looked and
+understood. Where a map of the United States should have been was a
+scrawled message in English: "Priests here taking us captive."
+
+We returned to our lecturing, but after what had happened neither we
+nor Kazu felt much like concentrating on geographical or other general
+facts. We all knew that Rau had not given up. For the moment we were
+protected by Kazu's immense power, but there were some doubts in our
+minds as to how long this might last. After all, Rau was his lifelong
+mentor and protector. For the moment the young giant seemed to have
+taken a liking to us, but perhaps it was only a passing whim. Presently
+Rau would assert his authority and Kazu, his curiosity satisfied, would
+hand us over--in exchange, perhaps, for supper.
+
+After about fifteen minutes more of lecturing, Kazu interrupted.
+
+"Soon will be sunset. Suggest we return to privacy of high table to
+discuss next move."
+
+The transfer took less than a minute. The afternoon, we saw, was indeed
+far gone. None of us had realized how long we had been in the projection
+room. Once we were safely back on the table, Kazu addressed us, using
+his softest voice, which was a hurricane-like whisper.
+
+"Phobat Rau plans for me to go soon to head armies of Asia in fight
+against west. My study of history has raised doubts of rightness of such
+war, and what you say strengthen these. Now I must see for myself,
+without guidance or interference from Rau. But I need assistance, to
+direct me how I shall go. I believe you will be fair. Will you help me?"
+
+For a moment the incongruity of that last question prevented our
+grasping the full implication of Kazu's statement. Then Baker, evidently
+realizing that this was no time for philosophic quibbling, signified our
+assent. Kazu proceeded at once to practical plans.
+
+"Tonight I sleep in usual place, where you disturbed me with small rock
+slide. But you must stay awake by turns to guard against capture. In
+morning you direct my steps away from Yat to mainland of Asia, where--"
+
+He stopped. Seeing the direction he was looking, we hastened to the edge
+of the table. Far below, on the ground, was a railroad train surrounded
+by a small crowd of priests. For a moment we were puzzled, and then we
+saw that the train was made up entirely of gondola cars such as are used
+to carry coal and other bulk cargo. But these cars, a dozen in number,
+contained a white substance which steamed. We did not require more than
+one guess. The train brought Kazu's supper.
+
+The giant made a slight bow of thanks to the delegation at his feet, and
+proceeded carefully to empty the cars into his dish. Then, instead of
+squatting at his low eating table, he brought the dish and other
+utensils up to our level and dumped a ton or so of steaming rice at our
+feet. Evidently he wished us to share his supper. We had no tools other
+than our hands, but since we had not eaten in almost twenty-four hours,
+we did not stop for the conventions. Scooping up double handfuls of the
+unseasoned stuff, we fell to even before Kazu had gotten his ponderous
+spoon into position. Suddenly, Baker yelled at us.
+
+"Hold it!" He turned to Kazu who had a spoonful poised halfway to his
+mouth. "Kazu, don't eat. This rice is doped!"
+
+I took a mouthful of the rice. There was not much flavor--only a little
+salt which I guessed came from seawater. I explored the stuff with my
+tongue, and presently noticed a familiar taste. It took me a moment to
+place it. Yes, that was it. Barbiturate. The stuff in sleeping pills.
+
+Kazu bent his great face over us. Baker briefly explained. Kazu appeared
+at first puzzled. He dropped the spoon into the dish and pushed it away
+from him. His brow wrinkled, and he glanced down at the ground. Walking
+to the edge, we saw that the group of priests were standing quietly
+around the engine, as though waiting for something. What they were
+waiting for evidently struck Kazu and us at the same time. Kazu leaned
+toward them and spoke in Japanese. His voice was angry. Baker tried to
+translate.
+
+"He says, 'how dare you poison Buddha'--Look, they're running off--"
+
+The next second things happened too rapidly for translation or even
+immediate interpretation. Kazu spoke again, his voice rising to an earth
+shaking roar at the end. The little men below were scattering in all
+directions, and the train started to back off down its track. Suddenly
+Kazu turned and picked up his hundred foot steel dish. He swept it
+across the table and then down in a long curving arc. There was an earth
+shaking thud and where the running figures and the train had been was
+now only the upturned bottom of the immense dish. Priests and cars alike
+were entombed in a thousand tons of hot rice!
+
+Kazu now turned to us. "Come," he said, "Yat is not safe, even for
+Buddha. Now we must leave here at once."
+
+He extended his hand towards us, and then, with another thought, turned
+and strode to the leanto. In a moment he returned carrying the
+projection room, with a tail of structural steel and electric cables
+hanging below. This he placed on the table and indicated that we were to
+enter. As soon as we were inside, Kazu clapped on the roof and picked up
+the stout steel box. We clung to the frame supporting the projectors,
+while a mass of slides, film cans and other debris battered us with
+every swooping motion. We could not see what was going on outside, but
+the giant seemed to be picking up a number of things from the ground and
+from inside the leanto. Then he commenced a regular stride across the
+crater floor. Now at last we got to a window, just in time to glimpse
+the nearby cliff. On the rim, some hundreds of feet above I saw a group
+of uniformed men clustered about some device. Then we were closer and I
+saw that it was an antiaircraft gun, which they were trying to direct
+at us. I think Kazu must have seen it at the same moment, for abruptly
+he scrambled up the steep hillside and pulverized gun, crew and the
+whole crater rim with one tremendous blow of his fist.
+
+I got a brief aerial view of the whole island as Kazu balanced
+momentarily on the rim, and then we were all thrown to the floor as he
+stumbled and slid down the hillside to the level country outside of the
+crater.
+
+
+
+
+V
+
+
+Up until this moment we had been engaged in an essentially personal
+enterprise, even though its object was to secure information vital to
+the United Nations. From this time on, however, the personal element was
+to become almost completely subordinate to the vast problems of humanity
+itself, for, as we were to soon find, we had tied ourselves to a symbol
+that was determined to live up to all that was claimed or expected of
+him, and further, who depended upon our advice. The situation for us was
+made much worse because at first we doubted both his sincerity and good
+sense--in fact, it was not until after the Wagnerian climax of the whole
+thing that we at last realized, along with the rest of the world,
+exactly what Kazu Takahashi believed in.
+
+Kazu crossed the flat eastern half of Yat in less than a minute,
+evidently wishing to get out of range of Rau's artillery as quickly as
+possible. His feet tore through the groves as a normal man's might
+through a field of clover; indeed, he experienced more trouble from the
+softness of the ground than from any vegetation. As we were soon to
+learn, one of the disadvantages of Kazu's size lay in the mechanical
+properties of the world as experienced by him. Kazu stood almost 600
+feet high, or roughly 100 times the linear dimensions of a normal man.
+From the simple laws of geometry, this increased his weight by 100^3 or
+1 million times. But the area of his body, including the soles of his
+feet which had to support this gigantic load, had increased by but
+100^2, or ten thousand times. The ground pressure under his feet was
+thus 100 times greater, for each square inch, than for a normal man. The
+result was that Kazu sank into the ground at each step until he reached
+bedrock, or soil strong enough to carry the load.
+
+At the beach he hesitated briefly, as though getting his bearings, and
+then waded into the ocean. The surf which had used us so violently was
+to him only a half inch ripple. He strode through the shallows and past
+the reef in a matter of seconds, and then plunged into deeper water.
+From our dizzy perch, now carried at hip height, we watched the great
+feet drive down into the sea, leaving green walls of solid water about
+them.
+
+Although we did not realize it at the time, we later learned that Kazu's
+wading forays were attended by tidal waves which inundated islands up to
+a hundred miles away. This trip across a twenty mile strait swamped a
+dozen native fishing craft, flooded out four villages and killed some
+hundreds of people.
+
+We fared better than some of these innocent bystanders, for Kazu
+carefully held our steel box above the sea, and presently lurched
+through shallow water to the dry land.
+
+The new island was larger than Yat, and entirely given over to rice
+growing for Kazu's food supply. He threaded his way easily among the
+paddies, up through some low hills, and then down a narrow gorge into
+the sea again.
+
+Ahead lay a much more extensive body of water. The sun was now hardly
+fifteen degrees above the horizon, and its glare plus a bank of clouds
+made it difficult to see the distant land. Kazu raised our room to the
+level of his face.
+
+"Is that Island of Celebes?"
+
+Baker started to pick up the microphone, and then abruptly realizing
+that it was dead, he shouted back from the projection port.
+
+"I think it is. Let me look for a chart."
+
+Kazu waited patiently while we searched, placing the room on a hilltop
+to give us a steadier platform. We all began a mad scramble in the mass
+of debris. Kazu removed the roof to give more light, but it soon became
+clear that there wasn't much hope. All that we could find were thousands
+of slides of the Chinese classics. At last we gave up. When we told Kazu
+this, he looked across the water and wrinkled his brow. We could sense
+the reason for his anxiety, for the distant shore could hardly be less
+than seventy miles away. Mentally I reduced this to terms I could
+understand. Seven tenths of a mile, of which an unknown percentage might
+be swimming.
+
+Kazu's voice rumbled down to us, "I would prefer to wade. I cannot swim
+well." He peered down into our roofless box anxiously.
+
+"If we only had one chart," began Baker, when Walt, who had been
+rummaging near the projector window, called to us.
+
+"Take a look over there, just around the point."
+
+We saw the prow of a ship. There was a moment of terror lest it be an
+Indonesian coast patrol, and then we saw that it was just a small island
+steamer of a thousand tons or so, chugging along less than two miles
+offshore.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+I think that the idea hit us all at the same instant. Baker, as
+spokesman, called to Kazu. The giant, for the first time, grinned at us.
+Then he picked up our box and waded into the ocean.
+
+I don't think the people in the little ship even saw us until we were
+practically upon them, because of the mist and sunset glare. What they
+thought I can only imagine, for the water was little more than knee deep
+and Kazu towered fully four hundred feet above it. Then a hand as big as
+the foredeck reached down and gently stopped them by the simple
+expedient of forming a V between thumb and fingers into which the prow
+pushed. I heard the sound of bells and saw tiny figures scurrying about
+on the deck. On the opposite side a number of white specks appeared in
+the water as crewmen dove overboard. Our box was now lowered until its
+door was next to the bridge. We leaped aboard, under cover of a great
+hand which obligingly plucked away the near wall of the pilot house. We
+entered the house just as the captain beat a precipitate retreat out
+the other side, and after a moment in the chartroom we found what we
+wanted. While Martin stood watch at the far door, we took advantage of
+the electric lights to examine the chart of the east coast of Celebes.
+That island, we found, was only sixty miles away and the deepest
+sounding was less than six hundred feet. Kazu could wade the whole
+distance.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The nautical charts did not show much detail for the interior of
+Celebes, but from our elevation we could see enough of the terrain to
+guide Kazu quite well. The course which Baker plotted took us across the
+northern part of the big island, and far enough inland to avoid easy
+detection from the sea. As the day progressed, the sky gradually filled
+with clouds, promising more rain, so that I doubt if many people saw us.
+Those who did, I suspect, were more interested in taking cover than in
+interfering with Kazu's progress.
+
+The journey across Celebes took only a couple of hours, and so, by noon,
+we stood on the shore of the strait of Macassar, looking across
+seventy-five miles of blue water to the mountains of Borneo.
+
+It was not until now that Baker explained what he had in mind in
+choosing this particular route.
+
+"We're going to Singapore," he said. "Get under the protection of the
+Royal Navy and Air Force before the commies spot us and start dropping
+bombs and rockets. If Buddha wants to see the world, he'd better start
+by getting a good bodyguard."
+
+Kazu seemed agreeable when appraised of this plan, and so we began to
+plot a more detailed route over the 1,100 miles between us and the
+British crown colony. We stood at the narrowest part of the strait, but
+unfortunately most of it was too deep for Kazu to wade. Reference to the
+charts showed that by going 250 miles south, we would reduce the swim to
+about 30 miles, or the equivalent of some 500 yards for a normal man. To
+this was added a wade of 120 miles through shallows and over the many
+small Balabalagan Islands.
+
+Suddenly Kazu's hand swept down and came up with a 60-foot whale, which
+he devoured in great gory bites. After this midocean lunch, Kazu resumed
+his wading. In the middle of the strait the depth exceeded five thousand
+feet, and he had to swim for a time, after fastening our box to his head
+by means of the trailing cables.
+
+At length the sea became shallow once more, Kazu's feet crunched through
+coral, and the coast of Borneo appeared dimly ahead. We were all taking
+time for the luxury of a sigh of relief when Chamberlin screamed a
+warning.
+
+"Planes! Coming in low at three o'clock!"
+
+Fortunately Kazu heard this also, although the language confused him.
+Precious seconds were wasted while he held the box up to his face for
+more explicit directions. The planes, a flight of six, were streaking
+towards us just above the wavetops. We could see that they carried
+torpedoes, and it was not difficult to guess their intentions.
+
+"Go sideways!" Baker yelled, but Kazu did not move. He simply stood
+facing the oncoming aircraft, our box held in his left hand at head
+level, and his right arm hanging at his side, half submerged. Either
+Kazu was too frightened to move, or he did not understand the danger.
+The planes were hardly a half mile away now, evidently holding their
+fire until the last moment to insure a hit. What even one torpedo could
+do I didn't dare to contemplate, and here were twelve possible strikes.
+After all, Kazu was made of flesh, and after having seen the effect of
+TNT on the steel side of a ship, I had little doubt as to what would
+happen to him.
+
+Now the last seconds were at hand. The planes were closing at five
+hundred yards, the torpedoes would drop in a second.... But suddenly
+Kazu moved. His whole body swung abruptly to the left and at the same
+time the right hand came up through the water. We, of course, were
+pitched headlong, but we did briefly glimpse a tremendous fan of solid
+green water rising up to meet the planes. They tried to dodge but it was
+too late. Into the waterspout they flew, all six with their torpedoes
+still attached, and down into the ocean they fell, broken and sinking.
+It was all over in a moment. We were so amazed it was moments before we
+could move.
+
+Kazu turned and resumed his stroll toward Borneo without a single
+backward glance at the havoc wrought by his splash.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+As we entered the foothills I became conscious for the first time of a
+curious change. It was a psychological change in me, a change in my
+sense of scale. We had been carried so long at Kazu's shoulder level,
+and had grown so accustomed to looking out along his arms from almost
+the same viewpoint as his, that we were now estimating the size of the
+mountains as though we were as large as Kazu! It is difficult to express
+just how I felt, and now that it is all over, the memory has become so
+tenuous and subtle that I fear I will never be able to explain it so
+that anyone but my three companions could understand. But this was the
+first moment that I noticed the effect. The mountains were suddenly no
+longer 4,000 foot peaks viewed from a plane 500 feet above ground level,
+but were forty foot mounds with a six inch cover of mossy brush, and I
+was walking up their sides as a normal human being! The change was, as
+nearly as I can express it, from the viewpoint of a normal human being
+under extraordinary circumstances to that of an ordinary man visiting a
+miniature world. The whale to me was now a fat jellyfish seven inches
+long, the Chinese warplanes were toys with an eight inch wingspread, the
+little steamer of yesterday was a flimsy toy built of cardboard and
+tinfoil. We had, in effect, identified ourselves completely with Kazu.
+
+And so we climbed dripping from the Straits of Macassar, and entered the
+mists and jungles of Borneo.
+
+Our course toward Singapore carried us across the full width of
+southern Borneo, a distance, from a point north of Kotabaroe to Cape
+Datu, of almost six hundred miles.
+
+After about an hour, the blue outlines of the Schwanner Mountains
+appeared ahead and presently we passed quite close to Mt. Raya, which at
+7,500 feet was the greatest mountain Kazu had ever seen. Then, dropping
+into another valley, we followed the course of the Kapuas River for a
+time, and finally turned west again through an area of plantations. Here
+Kazu made an effort to secure food by plucking and eating fruit and
+treetops together. The result was unsatisfactory, but presently we
+came upon a granary containing thousands of sacks of rice. The
+workmen, warned by our earthquake approach, fled long before we
+reached it. Kazu carefully removed the corrugated iron roof and ate the
+whole contents of the warehouse, which amounted to about a handful. The
+sacks appeared about a quarter of an inch in length, and seemed to be
+filled with a fine white powder.
+
+Following this meal, Kazu drained a small lake, getting incidentally a
+goodly catch of carp, although he could not even taste them. Then, since
+it was now late in the afternoon, he turned northwest to the hills to
+spend the night.
+
+The last part of the journey was almost entirely through shallow
+water--three hundred miles of the warm South China Sea. Baker planned to
+make a before dawn start, so that we might be close to the Malay
+Peninsula before daylight could expose us to further attack. Kazu
+suggested pushing on at once, but Baker did not think it wise to
+approach the formidable defenses of Singapore by night. And so for a
+second time we sought out an isolated valley where Kazu could snuggle
+between two soft hills, and we could get what sleep was possible in the
+wreckage of the projection room.
+
+The China Sea passage was made without incident. We started at three
+A.M. in a downpour of rain, and by six, at dawn, the low outline of the
+Malay Peninsula came into sight. We made our landfall some forty miles
+north of Singapore, and at once cut across country toward Johore Bahru
+and the great British crown colony.
+
+The rice paddies, roads and other signs of civilization were a welcome
+sight, and I was already relaxing, mentally, in a hot tub at the
+officers club when the awakening came. It came in the form of a squadron
+of fighter planes carrying British markings which roared out of the
+south without warning and passed Kazu's head with all their guns firing.
+Fortunately neither his eyes nor our thin shelled box was hit, but Kazu
+felt the tiny projectiles which penetrated even his twelve inch hide. As
+the planes wheeled for another pass he called out in English that he was
+a friend, but of course the pilots could not hear above the roar of
+their jets. On the second try two of the planes released rockets, which
+fortunately missed, but this put a different light on the whole thing. A
+direct hit with a ten inch rocket would be as dangerous as a torpedo.
+Baker tried to yell some advice, but there was no chance before the
+planes came in again. This time Kazu waved, and finally threw a handful
+of earth and trees at them. The whole squadron zoomed upwards like a
+covey of startled birds.
+
+By the time we had reached a temporary haven, Kazu was thoroughly
+winded, and we were battered nearly insensible. Baker, in fact, was out
+cold. Kazu slowed down, and then finding no directions or advice
+forthcoming, he resumed a steady dogtrot to the north. Martin and I
+tried to draw Baker to a safer position beside the projector, but in the
+process one of the steel shelves collapsed, adding Martin to the
+casualty list. Walt and I then attempted to drag the two of them to
+safety, but in the midst of these efforts a particularly hard lurch sent
+me headfirst into the projector, and my interest in proceedings
+thereupon became nil. Walt, battered and seasick, gave up and collapsed
+with the rest of us. Further efforts at communication by Kazu proved
+fruitless. Buddha was on his own.
+
+
+
+
+VI
+
+
+I awoke with a throbbing headache to find the steel room motionless, and
+warm sunshine streaming into my face. Looking around, I saw that my
+three companions were all up and apparently in good shape. Baker was the
+first to notice that I was awake, and he came over immediately.
+
+"Feel better?" he inquired cheerfully.
+
+He helped me up and I staggered to the window. The room was perched, as
+usual, on a hilltop, but the vegetation around was not tropical jungle.
+I turned to the others, noting as I did that the room was cleaned up.
+
+"Where--" I started, with a gesture outside. Baker stopped me and led me
+to an improvised canvas hammock.
+
+"You really got a nasty one," he said. "You've been out two days."
+
+"Two days!" I tried to rise, but the effort so increased the headache
+that I gave up and collapsed into the hammock.
+
+"Just lie quiet and I'll bring you up to date." Baker drew up an empty
+film box for a seat. "I was knocked about a bit myself, you know, and by
+the time I came around, our friend had trotted the whole length of the
+Malay Peninsula and was halfway across Burma."
+
+"But the people at Singapore," I began, "Don't those fools know yet--"
+
+"Things have changed," said Baker. "The biggest change has been in
+Buddha's mind. He took our advice and almost got killed for his pains.
+Now he's on his own."
+
+I tried to look through the open door. Baker shook his head.
+
+"He's not here. No--" this in answer to my startled look, "just off for
+a stroll, towards China this time, I think. Yesterday he visited Lhasa.
+Said it's quite a place. Talked to the Lamas in Tibetan, and they
+understood him. He calls it playing Buddha."
+
+Baker got up and searched among the maps, finally finding one of
+southeast Asia. He spread it out before me, and placed a finger rather
+vaguely on the great Yunnan Plateau between Burma and China.
+
+"We're here, somewhere. Buddha doesn't know exactly, himself. He made it
+to Lhasa by following the Himalayas, and watching for the Potala. I hope
+he'll find his way back this time--be a bit awkward for us if he
+doesn't."
+
+He stepped outside and brought in some cold cooked rice and meat.
+
+"Kazu brought us a handful of cows yesterday. They were practically
+mashed into hamburger. I guess you'd call this pounded steak."
+
+I ate some of the meat and settled back to rest again. Presently I dozed
+off.
+
+When I awakened it was dark and Kazu was back. Martin had started a big
+campfire outside, evidently with Kazu's aid, for it was stoked with
+several logs fully eight feet in diameter and was sending flames fifty
+feet into the sky. Kazu himself was squatting directly over it, staring
+down at us. When I came to the door, he spoke.
+
+"Ah, little brother Bill. I am so sorry that you were hurt. I am afraid
+I forgot to be gentle, and that is not forgiveable in Buddha."
+
+I made an appropriate reply, and then waited. Evidently he had as yet
+told nothing of his day's expedition. Finally he plucked a roasted
+bullock from the fire and popped it into his mouth like a nut.
+
+"Today," he said, "I visit Chungking, Nanking, Peking. I think I see
+hundred million Chinese. I know more than that see me. Also I talk to
+them. They understand, for miles. They expected me. As you say, brother
+Llewelyn, Rau has excellent propaganda machine. Everywhere they hail me
+as Buddha, come to save them from war and disease and western
+imperialism. I speak to them as Buddha; today, I am Buddha."
+
+Baker glanced at us meaningfully and murmured, "I was afraid of this."
+But Kazu continued.
+
+"Today all of China believes I am Buddha. Only you and I know this is
+not so, but we can fight best if they believe."
+
+"Have you eaten?" inquired Martin. Kazu nodded.
+
+"At every temple they collect rice for Buddha. Many small meals make
+full belly. But," his face wrinkled with concern, "many thousands could
+live on what I eat today. China is so poor. So many people, so little
+food. I must find ways to help them." He paused, and then resumed in a
+firmer tone.
+
+"But not in communist way. Rau was right about western imperialists, but
+he named wrong country. Russian imperialists have enslaved China. First
+we must drive communists from China. Then I can help."
+
+"Amen," said Baker softly. Then, to Kazu....
+
+"We've been trying to do just that for years. But how can you fight
+seven hundred million people?"
+
+"Don't fight--lead them."
+
+It sounded so simple, the way he said it. Well, maybe he could. But now
+Baker had more practical questions.
+
+"What does the rest of the world think about all this? Have you talked
+to any Europeans, or heard a radio?"
+
+Kazu shook his head. "But I caught communist General. He tell me Russia
+sending army to capture me. He say only hope is for me to surrender, or
+Russian drop atom bomb on me. Then I eat him."
+
+We must have showed our startled reaction, for Kazu laughed.
+
+"Not much nourishment in communist. I eat him for propaganda--many
+people see me do it. Effect very good." He paused. "Not tasty, but
+symbolic meal. China is like Buddha, giant who can eat up enemies."
+
+"What are you going to do next?" asked Baker.
+
+"That is question. I need more information. Where is leadership in China
+I can trust? What will Russians do? How long for British and Americans
+to wake up?"
+
+"You're not the only one asking these questions," said Baker. "But maybe
+you can get some answers."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Before Kazu could continue, Chamberlin held up his hand for silence. We
+listened, and presently heard above the crackle of the great bonfire,
+the throb of an airplane engine. Kazu heard it too, for he suddenly
+arose and stepped back out of the light. We four also hastened into the
+shadows and peered into the dark sky. The approaching aircraft displayed
+no lights, but presently we saw it in the firelight--a multi-jet bomber
+bearing American markings. We rushed back into the illuminated area and
+danced up and down, waving our arms. The huge plane swung in a wide
+circle and came in less than five hundred feet above the hilltop. I
+could make out faces peering down at us from the glassed greenhouse in
+front. As it roared past, one wing tipped slightly in the updraft from
+the fire, and then suddenly the plane stopped dead in its tracks. The
+jets roared a deeper note as they bit into still air, and then very
+slowly and gently the great ship moved back and down until it rested on
+its belly beside our steel box. Not until it was quite safe on the
+ground did Kazu's hands release their hold on the wings, where he had
+caught it in midair.
+
+The eleven crew men from the B125 came out with their hands in the air,
+but their expressions were more incredulous than frightened. Baker added
+to the unreality of the situation by his greeting, done in the best "Dr.
+Livingstone-I-presume" manner.
+
+"Welcome to Camp Yunnan. Sorry we had to be so abrupt. I'm Baker, these
+are Chamberlin, Martin, Cady."
+
+"I'm Faulkner," replied the leader of the Americans automatically, and
+then he abruptly sat down and was violently sick. We waited patiently
+until he could speak again.
+
+"My God, I didn't believe it when we heard." He was talking to no-one in
+particular. "One minute we're flying at 450 miles per hour, the next
+we're picked out of the air like a--like a--"
+
+He gave up. Kazu came into the firelight and squatted down, quite
+slowly. Baker introduced him.
+
+"Colonel, I'd like you to meet Kazu Takahashi." The American arose and
+extended his hand, and then dropped it abruptly to his side. Kazu
+emitted a thunderous chuckle.
+
+"Handshake is, I fear, formality I must always pass up, even at risk of
+impoliteness."
+
+I think that the language, and particularly the phrasing, jolted the
+airmen even more than the actual capture. Colonel Faulkner kept shaking
+his head and murmuring "My God!" for several moments, and then pulled
+himself together. "So the story's really true after all," he finally
+said. "We got it on the radio day before yesterday at Manila. It was so
+garbled at first that nobody could make any sense. Ships reported
+thousand foot men wading in the ocean. New Macassar radio reported that
+Buddha was reincarnated, and then denied the story. Announcements of a
+pitched battle at Singapore, and frantic reports from every town on the
+peninsula. Then a statement by some Lama on Macassar that the British
+had kidnaped Buddha, had him hypnotized or doped, and were using him to
+exterminate China."
+
+He paused and looked up at Kazu, who had bent down until his face was
+only a hundred feet above us.
+
+"Part of it is true," said Baker. "There was a giant wading in the
+ocean. As to the rest, I fear we have caught the red radio without a
+script. I'll tell you the story presently, but just now there are more
+urgent things to do. Is your radio working?"
+
+Faulkner nodded and led us towards the plane. Baker continued.
+
+"Briefly, Kazu is a mutation produced by the Hiroshima bomb. He's been
+groomed for twenty years to take over as the world's largest puppet, but
+it turns out he has a mind of his own. We just happened along, and are
+going on for the ride. Want to join the party?"
+
+The Colonel grinned for the first time as we all squeezed into the radio
+compartment of the plane.
+
+"I like travel," he said. "It's so broadening."
+
+The radio was not only operative, but proved most informative as well.
+Every transmitter on earth, it seemed, was talking about the giant. In
+the course of an hour we listened to a dozen major stations and got as
+many versions of the story. The communist propaganda factory had
+obviously been caught flat footed, for their broadcasts were a hopeless
+mixture of releases evidently prepared for the planned introduction of
+Buddha to the world, and hastily assembled diatribes against the
+capitalist imperialists who had so foully captured him. Some of the
+Russians apparently were not in on the secret of Buddha's dimensions,
+for they described in detail how a raiding party of eighty American
+commando-gangsters had landed by parachute on Yat, seized Buddha, and
+taken him away in a seaplane.
+
+Before we went to sleep that night, Kazu extinguished the fire so that
+no one else would be attracted as the Colonel had been.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Next morning the first question concerned transportation. Colonel
+Faulkner naturally did not want to leave his plane, particularly since
+it was undamaged, but a takeoff from our narrow mountain ledge was
+obviously impossible, so he regretfully ordered his crew to unload their
+personal effects for transfer to our box. At this point Kazu stepped in.
+
+"If you will enter your airplane and start jets," he said, "Buddha will
+serve as launching mechanism."
+
+Before the takeoff, the Colonel transferred his spare radio gear to our
+box, along with an auxiliary generator, and we agreed on a schedule to
+keep in touch. Then Kazu gently picked up the bomber, raised it high
+above his head and sent it gliding off to the north. The engines coughed
+a couple of times and then caught with a roar. Colonel Faulkner wagged
+his wings and vanished into the haze.
+
+Our plan was to follow the plane east to the Wu River, and then north to
+its meeting with the Yangtze, which occurs some seventy five miles below
+Chungking. While the B125 cruised around us in a great circle, we loaded
+our belongings into the box, and Kazu picked us up and signalled the
+plane that we were ready. Colonel Faulkner's intention had been to
+circle us rather than leave us behind with his superior speed, but in a
+moment it became clear that this would not be necessary. Kazu set off
+down the canyon at a pace better than three hundred miles per hour, and
+the Colonel had to gun his motors to keep up.
+
+We passed only a few small towns on the Wu. Kazu had been here before,
+and had evidently stopped to talk and make friends, for we observed none
+of the fright which had formerly greeted his advent. Instead, crowds ran
+out to meet us, waving the forbidden Nationalist flag and shooting off
+firecrackers. Kazu spoke briefly in Cantonese to each group, and then
+hurried on. Baker explained that he was giving them formal blessings, in
+the name of Buddha.
+
+An hour's time brought us to Fowchow, on the mighty Yangtze Kiang. Here
+Kazu turned left, wading in the stream, and negotiated the seventy odd
+miles to Chungking in fifteen minutes.
+
+The distance from Chungking to Hankow is somewhat more than five hundred
+miles. For much of this distance the Yangtze is bounded by mountains and
+rocky gorges, but in the final 150 miles, the hills drop away and the
+river winds slowly through China's lake country. Kazu made good time in
+the gorge, but his feet sank a hundred feet into the soft alluvial soil
+of the lowlands and he had constantly to watch out for villages and
+farms.
+
+Buddha had not visited Hankow before, but he was expected. Even before
+the city came into view, the roads were lined with people and the canals
+and lakes jammed with sampans. Just outside of the city we noticed a
+small group of men in military uniform under a white flag. We guessed
+that they represented the communist city government, and so did Kazu,
+for he set our box beside the group and ordered the spokesman to come in
+for a parlay. The unfortunate officer who was picked obviously did not
+relish the idea, particularly after Martin cracked in English, "He
+doesn't look fat enough." Giving Martin a glare, he drew himself up
+stiffly and said, "General Soo prepared to die, if necessary for people
+of China."
+
+The communist General showed somewhat less bravado after the stomach
+turning ascent to the six hundred foot level, but he managed to get off
+a speech in answer to Kazu's question. As before, Baker gave us a
+running translation.
+
+"He says welcome to Hankow. The people's government, ever responsive to
+the will of the citizens, joins with all faithful Buddhists in welcoming
+Buddha, and in expressing heartfelt thanksgiving that rumors claiming
+Buddha to be a puppet of western imperialists are all false. Now he's
+saying that there is to be a big party--a banquet--for Buddha, in the
+central square. Rice has been collected and cooked, and a thousand sheep
+slaughtered to feed hungry Buddha."
+
+Kazu replied formally that while he appreciated the hospitality of the
+people of Hankow, he could not accept food from the enemies of China.
+These words, which were clearly audible to the entire city, were greeted
+with cheers by the throng below. The General took this in, thought about
+it a moment, and then made a neat about face.
+
+"General Soo," said he stoutly, "was communist when he believed
+communism only hope for China. You have changed everything. General Soo
+now faithful Buddhist!"
+
+"May I," said Baker with a grin, "be the first to congratulate General
+Soo on his perspicacity."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+As the General had promised, there was a great banquet spread. In spite
+of Soo's protestations, Baker insisted on sampling each course rather
+extensively for sleeping potions or poison, but either the idea had not
+occurred to the communists, or there hadn't been enough time, or poison
+available.
+
+For the most part the civil government of Hankow joined with General Soo
+in a loudly declared conversion to Buddhism without communist trappings.
+In spite of Baker's skepticism, I believed that most of them were quite
+sincere. At least, they sincerely wanted to be on the side with the most
+power, and for the time being at least, Kazu seemed an easy winner.
+General Soo, in particular, insisted on making a long speech in which he
+declared the Russians to be the true "western imperialists", now
+unmasked, who since the days of the first Stalin had sought to enslave
+China with lies and trickery. Baker shook his head over this, and
+privately opined that Soo was a very poor fence straddler: such remarks
+went beyond the needs of expediency, and would probably completely
+alienate him from the Kremlin. However, the crowd thought it was all
+fine.
+
+Kazu replied with a short, and generally well planned statement of his
+policy.
+
+"Those who follow me," he concluded, "have no easy path. They must be
+strong, to throw off the yoke of those who would enslave them, but they
+must be merciful to their enemies in defeat, even to those who but a
+moment before were at their throats. For though we win the war, if we at
+the same time forget what we have fought for, then we have indeed lost
+all. I proclaim to all China, and to her enemies both within and without
+our borders, that the faith of Buddha has returned, and that
+interference in China's affairs by any other nation will not be
+tolerated."
+
+Colonel Faulkner had landed at the Hankow airport and now, with his
+crew, shared our private banquet on the terrace of the city's largest
+hotel, only a few hundred feet from where Kazu squatted. Under cover of
+the cheering and speechmaking, he relayed to us some news which he had
+heard on the radio, which was not quite so rosy.
+
+It seemed, first, that the Chinese III Army, under General Wu, had
+declared itself for Buddha, and was engaged in a pitched battle with the
+Manchurian First Army north of Tientsin. The communist garrison at
+Shanghai, where there was a large population of Russian "colonists", had
+holed in, awaiting attack by a Buddhist Peoples Army assembled from
+revolting elements of the II and VII Corps at Nanking. A revolt at
+Canton, far to the south, had been put down by the communists with the
+aid of air support coming directly from Russia. The most ominous note,
+however, was a veiled threat by old Mao himself that if mutinous
+elements did not submit, he might call upon his great ally to the east
+to use the atomic bomb. Mao spoke apparently from near Peking, where he
+was assembling the I and V Armies.
+
+We digested this news while Kazu finished the last of his 1000 sheep. We
+all cast anxious glances into the sky. Soviet planes at Canton meant
+that they could be here also, and Buddha, squatting in a glare of light
+in the midst of Hankow, was a sitting duck for a bombing attack.
+
+As soon as the main part of the formalities were over, Baker managed to
+get Kazu's attention, and informed him of the situation. Kazu's reaction
+was immediate and to the point.
+
+"We do not await attack. We go north to free our brothers, and to
+instruct our errant General Mao in Buddha's truth."
+
+By the time we were packed and in our travelling box, the time was
+eight-thirty. Reference to our map showed the airline distance from
+Hankow to Peking to be about 630 miles, and Buddha, greatly refreshed by
+the food and rest, promised to reach the capital by eleven.
+
+To make walking easier, Baker plotted a route which avoided the
+lowlands, particularly the valley of the Yellow River, in favor of a
+slightly longer course through the mountains to the east. We started
+northwest, splashing through the swamps and lakes around Hankow at
+first, and presently reached firmer ground in the Hawiyang Shan. We
+followed the ridge of these mountains for a time, and then dropped to
+the hilly country of Honan Province. At first the night was very dark,
+but presently the light of a waning moon made an occasional fix
+possible, although navigation was confusing and uncertain at best.
+
+We splashed across the Yellow River at ten o'clock, somewhere east of
+Kaifeng, and for a time were greatly slowed by what appeared to be thick
+gumbo.
+
+Our speed improved once we got up into the rugged Taihang Mountains.
+Here also we felt safer from air observation or attack, although Kazu
+was soon panting from the exertion of crossing an endless succession of
+fifteen to thirty foot ridges. This was indeed rough country, terrain
+which had protected the lush plains of China for centuries against the
+Mongols. Here the great wall had been built, and presently, in the
+moonlight, we saw its trace, winding serpentlike over the mountains.
+
+We followed the Wall for almost two hundred miles--all the way, in fact,
+to the latitude of Peking--before we swung east again for the final lap
+to Mao's capital.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+During the last hour we trailed an antenna and listened in on the world
+of radio. The news was not good. The Shanghai garrison had sprung a trap
+on their disorganized attackers, and were marching on Nanking. Mao's
+armies were closing the southern half of a great pincers on Wu's troops,
+and only awaited the dawn to launch the final assault. Worst of all,
+there had been reports of increasing Soviet air activity over the area;
+a major air strike also apparently would come with daylight.
+
+We were scarcely halfway from the edge of the city to the moated summer
+palace when a small hell of gunfire broke out around Kazu's feet. He
+jumped, with a roar of pain, and then lashed out with one foot, sweeping
+away a whole city block and demolishing the ambush. Limping slightly, he
+made the remaining distance by a less direct route and at last stood at
+the moat before the palace. The ancient building, and, indeed,
+everything about, was quite dark. Kazu peered about uncertainly, and
+then raised our box to ask for advice. Baker was pessimistic.
+
+"I don't think you'll find General Mao here. But at this stage of
+things, I don't believe it would matter if you did. The decision will be
+made tomorrow by the armies."
+
+Kazu stepped carefully over the moat and wall, and sat down wearily in
+the gardens of the summer palace. We peered with interest at the
+foliage, marble bridges and the graceful buildings, illuminated only by
+ghostly moonlight. With Kazu squatting among them, they looked like
+models, a toy village out of ancient China. I wished that a picture
+might be taken, for surely never before had Buddha been in so
+appropriate a setting.
+
+While Kazu rested, we examined his feet. A number of machine gun bullets
+had entered his foot thick hide, and there was one wound a yard long
+from which oozed a sticky gelatinous blood. There did not appear to be
+any serious damage, although the chances of infection worried us. In any
+event, there was nothing we could do except douse it with buckets of
+water from the moat. Kazu thanked us formally, as befitted a deity, and
+added, as though talking to himself,
+
+"Now is the most difficult time. How can I bring peace without the use
+of violence? I can appear before these armies and command them to stop.
+But what if they do not obey? Should I use force? Oh, that I were really
+the Great Lord Buddha--then I would have the wisdom, the knowledge that
+is a thousand times more potent than giant size. Oh Buddha, grant me
+wisdom, if only for a moment, that I may act rightly."
+
+Presently the giant stretched out full length in the garden and, while
+we kept guard, slept for a time.
+
+The first pale glow of dawn appeared soon after five, and we were
+preparing to awaken Kazu when Martin held up a warning hand. We
+listened. At first we heard nothing, and then there came a deep drone of
+jets. Not a single plane, not even a squadron. Nothing less than a great
+fleet of heavy aircraft was approaching Peking from the west. Baker
+fired his automatic repeatedly near Kazu's ear, and presently his rumbly
+breathing changed and he opened his eyes.
+
+"Planes," said Baker briefly. "It's not safe here. Better get moving."
+
+Kazu sat up, yawning, and we climbed into the box. The giant took a long
+draught from the nearest fishpond and tied our cage to his neck and
+shoulder so that both of his hands would be free.
+
+By this time the noise of the planes had increased to a roar, which
+echoed through the silent city. Kazu arose to his full height and
+waited. A pinkish line of light had now appeared along the eastern
+horizon which, I realized with consternation, must silhouette the mighty
+tower of Kazu's body to whomever was coming out of the western shadows.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+And then we saw them. A great fleet of heavy bombers, flying
+high, far beyond even Kazu's reach. Baker seized the glasses to look,
+and then gave a cry of warning. The leading plane had dropped
+something--a black spherical object above which blossomed a parachute. I
+think that Kazu realized what it was as soon as we, but he still stood
+quietly. Baker lost whatever calm he had left and screamed, "Run,
+run--it's the H-bomb!" but still Kazu did not move. In a moment another
+of the deadly spheres appeared, directly over us, and then a third. Now
+at last Kazu moved, but not toward safety. He walked slowly until he was
+directly beneath the first bomb, and reached up, until his hand was a
+thousand feet in the air. Down came the bomb, quite rapidly, for the
+parachute was not very large.
+
+"What's the matter with the fool," yelled Martin. But now Baker seemed
+to get Kazu's idea.
+
+"It has barometric fusing--it's set to detonate at a certain altitude.
+If that's below a thousand feet, and Kazu can catch it, it won't go
+off!"
+
+Martin started something about detonation at two thousand feet, when
+Kazu gave a slight jump and his hand closed about the deadly thing, as
+though he had caught a fly. We cowered, expecting the flash that would
+mean the end, but nothing happened. In Kazu's crushing grip the firing
+mechanism was reduced to wreckage before it could act. When Buddha
+opened his palm, it contained only a wad of crumpled metal inside of
+which was a now harmless sphere of plutonium.
+
+In quick succession Kazu repeated this performance with the other two
+bombs, wadded the whole together and flung it to the ground. Then he
+turned to the north.
+
+By the time we had cleared the city, it was quite light, and we could
+see a dark pall of smoke in the northeast. The armies which had been
+poised last night had finally met, and a great battle was underway. Kazu
+hurried towards it, and presently we could hear the crackle of small
+arms fire and the heavier explosions of mortars and rockets. It took a
+moment or so for Kazu to get his bearings. Evidently we were approaching
+Mao's legions from the rear. Still keeping from the roads to avoid
+killing anyone, Kazu advanced to near the battle line, and there
+stopped.
+
+"My brothers," his voice thundered above the heaviest cannon, "my poor
+brothers on both sides, listen to me. Stop this killing. Stop this
+useless slaughter. No one can win, and all will--"
+
+Suddenly there was a blinding flash of light, a thousand times brighter
+than the newly appeared sun. It came from behind us, and in the terrible
+instant that it remained we could see Buddha's enormous shadow
+stretching out across the battlefield. Kazu stopped speaking and braced
+his shoulders for the blast. Subconsciously I was counting seconds.
+Four, five, six, seven--A sudden, insane hope gripped me. If we were far
+enough from the burst--and then the blast hit us, and with it, the
+sound. Kazu pitched forward a hundred yards, and stumbled on as far
+again. Then he recovered. One hand reached behind him, to the back that
+had taken the full brunt of heat and gamma radiation, and a half animal
+cry escaped from his lips. Over his shoulder we got a glimpse of the
+fireball, of the fountain of color which would presently form the
+terrible mushroom cloud. The thunder of the explosion reverberated, and
+was replaced by silence. The crackle of rifles, the thud of field pieces
+had ceased. From our perch we looked down at a scene straight from
+Dante's Inferno. About Kazu's feet was a shallow ravine in which a
+thousand or so communist troops had taken cover. These were now
+scrambling and clawing at the sides like ants trying to get away.
+Vehicles were abandoned, rifles thrown away. A few had been burned, but
+it seemed that for the most part the soldiers had been sheltered from
+direct radiation by the wall of their canyon, and by Kazu's great
+shadow.
+
+For an eternity, it seemed, Kazu stood there, swaying slightly, one hand
+still pressed against his back, while the little men writhed about his
+ankles. Then, quite slowly, he raised one foot. I thought that he was
+going to walk away, but instead, the foot moved deliberately until it
+was directly over the ravine, and then, like a tremendous pile driver,
+it descended. A faint and hideous screaming came up to us, which
+abruptly ended. The foot came up, and again descended, turning back and
+forth in the yielding earth. Slowly Kazu brought his hand up, and lifted
+our box so that he could look at us. As he did so, I saw that half of
+his hand was the color of charcoal, and I smelled a horrible odor of
+tons of burnt flesh. Now at last he spoke, in a voice that we could
+scarcely understand.
+
+"Guide me," he said, "Guide me, Baker. Guide me to Moscow!"
+
+
+
+
+VII
+
+
+Kazu walked quite slowly from the battlefield. His gait was unsteady,
+and at first we feared that he would collapse. We could not tell how
+deep the burns were, nor whether he was internally hurt by the blast. He
+appeared to be suffering from some kind of shock, for he did not speak
+again for a long time. But gradually he seemed to gather himself
+together, and we became almost convinced that the shock was more
+psychological than physical, and that even the atom bomb was powerless
+against his might.
+
+We did not remain to see the outcome of the battle, but presently Martin
+turned the radio on. The news at first was fragmentary. Word that a
+Russian plane had atom bombed the new Buddha spread across China, and
+with it ended the last shreds of communist prestige. The armies which
+had been pro-communist turned on their officers. Mao himself was
+murdered on the battlefield before Kazu was out of sight. The former red
+defenders of Shanghai massacred twenty thousand hapless Russian
+emigrants. All across Asia the story was the same, a terrible revulsion.
+At first it was believed that Buddha had died instantly; later rumor had
+it that he had crawled off to Mongolia to die.
+
+Radio Moscow at first was silent. The horror of what had been done was
+too much even for that well oiled propaganda machine. At last a line was
+patched together: the bomb had been dropped by an American plane,
+bearing Russian markings. Then Radio Peking announced that Chinese
+fighters had shot it down and that the crew was Russian. To this Moscow
+could think of only one reply: Radio Peking was lying; the station had
+been taken over by the Americans! A little later another Moscow
+broadcast announced solemnly that the whole story was wrong--Buddha
+hadn't been there at all!
+
+All the time that this confused flood of talk was circling the globe,
+Kazu Takahashi, still clinging to the battered steel projection room,
+was striding across Siberia, staggering now and then, but still
+maintaining a pace of better than three hundred miles per hour.
+
+At first he simply walked westward without any directions from us. By
+ten o'clock he had put a thousand miles between him and the coast and
+was well across the southern Gobi desert. Now Baker, who had been almost
+as stunned as Kazu, began to look into his maps. He had nothing for
+central Asia as detailed as the charts we had used in Borneo and
+Celebes, but he presently found a small scale map that would do. With
+this he identified the snowy range of mountains now towering on our left
+as the Nan Shan, northernmost bastion of Tibet. He hurriedly called to
+Kazu to turn northwest before he entered the great Tarim Basin, for the
+western side of that vast desert was closed by a range of mountains
+20,000 feet high. Even with the new course, our altitude would be above
+six thousand feet for many miles.
+
+At noon we were paralleling another mighty range, the little known Altai
+Mountains, and at one o'clock we passed the Zaisan Nor, the great lake
+which forms the headwaters for the Irtysh River. Here Kazu paused for a
+drink, and to rinse his burns with fresh water. Then we were away again,
+this time due west over more mountain tops, avoiding the inhabited
+lowlands. At three-thirty the hills dropped away and there appeared
+ahead the infinite green carpet of the Siberian forest. Kazu stopped
+again at another lake, which Baker guessed might be Dengiz. At
+four-thirty we crossed a wide river which we could not identify, and
+then at last commenced to climb into the foothills of the southern
+Urals. Just in time Baker discovered that Kazu's course was taking him
+straight toward the industrial city of Magnetogorsk. We veered north
+again into the higher mountains and then turned east to the forests.
+
+We were sure now that Kazu must be delirious, but after a while he
+stopped at the edge of a lake.
+
+"How far are we from Moscow?" he asked.
+
+"Twelve hundred miles, more or less," said Baker. "You can make it by
+nine, maybe ten, tonight."
+
+Kazu shook his head.
+
+"No. Tonight I must rest, gather strength. We start two AM, arrive
+Kremlin at sunrise. We catch them same time they catch me. No warning
+whatever."
+
+Kazu lay down on the swampy lake bottom while we huddled on the floor of
+the box, courting sleep which never came.
+
+At one o'clock we at last gave it up, and Baker fired his pistol until
+Kazu stirred. While he was awakening we listened to the radio. Things
+had calmed down quite a bit, and as we pieced the various broadcasts
+together, an amazing realization came over us. Everyone believed that
+Kazu was dead! Evidently no word of our trip across all of central Asia
+had been received! Search planes, both Soviet and Chinese, were combing
+the eastern Gobi for the body.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Other news included a war declaration by China upon the Soviet
+Union, and the announcement that the Russian Politbureau had scheduled a
+meeting in the Kremlin to consider the emergency.
+
+We passed all of this on to Kazu, whose grim face relaxed for the first
+time in a fleeting grin.
+
+"Good reporters. Know what are most savory items. Now guide me well, and
+away from towns until we reach it."
+
+The trip across the Urals and the plains of European Russia retains a
+nightmare quality in my mind, comparable only with that first night on
+Yat. Even Baker, who plotted the course, can remember it little better.
+Now and again we caught glimpses of the dim lights in farms, and once we
+saw the old moon reflected in the Volga. Much of the low country was
+covered with ground fog, which reached to Kazu's waist; this, combined
+with the blackout which had been ordered in every town, made observation
+by us or the Russians either way difficult. A few people saw Kazu, and
+their reports reflect a surrealist madness; those who had the horrifying
+experience of suddenly meeting Buddha in the early morning mists were
+universally incapable of making any coherent report to the authorities.
+
+And then, just as the ghostly false dawn turned the night into a misty
+gray, we saw ahead the towers of Moscow. Now Kazu increased his speed.
+Concealment was no longer possible; he must reach the Kremlin ahead of
+the warning.
+
+At 500 miles per hour Buddha descended upon Moscow. His plunging feet
+reduced block after block of stores and apartment houses to dust, and
+the sky behind us was lighted more brightly by the fires he started than
+by the dull red of the still unrisen sun. Now at last I heard the tardy
+wail of a siren and saw armored cars darting through the streets. On the
+roof of an apartment house I glimpsed a crew trying to unlimber an
+antiaircraft gun, but Kazu saw it also, and smashed the building to
+rubble with a passing kick.
+
+And then we were at the Red Square. St. Basil's at one end, the fifty
+foot stone walls of the Kremlin along one side and Lenin's Tomb like a
+pile of red children's blocks. Kazu stood for a moment surveying this
+famous scene, his feet sunk to the ankle in a collapsed subway. It was
+my first view of the Red Square, and somehow I knew that it would be the
+last, for anyone. Then Kazu slowly walked to the Kremlin and looked down
+into it. I remember how suddenly absurd it all seemed. The Kremlin
+walls, the very symbol of the iron curtain, were scarcely six inches
+high! The whole thing was only a child's playpen.
+
+But now Kazu had found what he wanted. Without bothering to lift his
+feet, he crushed through the walls, reached down and pulled the roof
+from one of the buildings. He uncovered a brightly lighted ant-hill.
+Like a dollhouse exposed, he revealed rooms and corridors along which
+men were running. Kazu dropped to his knees and held our box up so that
+we might also see.
+
+"Are these the men?" he asked. Baker replied in the negative.
+
+Kazu abruptly pressed his hand into the building, crushing masonry and
+timbers and humans all into a heap of dust, and turned to a larger
+building. As he did, something about it seemed familiar to me. Yes, I
+had seen it before, in newsreels. It was--
+
+But again Kazu's fingers were at work. Lifting at the eaves, he
+carefully took off the whole roof. Through a window we saw figures
+hurrying toward a covered bridge connecting this building with another.
+At Baker's warning, Kazu demolished the bridge, and then gently began
+picking the structure to pieces. In a moment we saw what we were after.
+A wall was pulled down, exposing a great room with oil paintings of
+Lenin and Stalin on the wall and a long conference table in the center.
+And clustered between the table and the far wall were a score of men.
+Anyone would have recognized them, for their faces had gone round the
+world in posters, magazines and newsreels. They were the men of the
+Politbureau. They were Red Russia's rulers.
+
+There was an instant of silent mutual recognition, and then Kazu spoke
+to them. As befitting a god, he spoke in their own tongue. Exactly what
+he said I do not know, but after a little hesitation they came around
+the table to the precarious edge of the room where the outer wall had
+been. Kazu gave further directions and held up our steel box. Fearfully
+they came forward and jumped the gap into our door. One by one they made
+the leap, some dressed in the bemedalled uniforms of marshals, others in
+the semi-military tunics affected by civilian ministers. The last was
+the man who had succeeded Stalin on his death, and who had taken for
+himself the same name, as though it were a title.
+
+As he entered our room, we saw that he even looked like the first
+Stalin, clipped hair, moustache and all. He was a brilliant man, we
+knew. Brilliant and ruthless. He had grown up through the purges, in a
+world which knew no mercy, where only the fittest, by communist
+standards, survived. He had survived, because he was merciless and
+efficient and because he hated the free west with a hatred that was
+deadly and implacable.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+I often wonder what his thoughts were at that moment. He came
+because he was ordered to and because he knew the alternative. He knew
+he was to die, but he obeyed because by so doing he could prolong life a
+little, and because there was always a chance.
+
+At that moment I deeply regretted knowing no Russian. The twenty one who
+came in talked among themselves in short sentences. They saw us, but
+ignored us. Baker spoke, first in English and then in German. The one
+called Stalin understood the German, for he looked at Baker searchingly
+for a moment, and then turned away. Only one of them replied. This was
+Malik, the man who wrecked the old United Nations and then became
+Foreign Minister after Vishinsky was murdered. He ignored the German and
+spat out his reply in English.
+
+"You will not live to gloat over us. He will kill you too, all of you!"
+
+We can never be sure of what Kazu planned, because now--and of this I am
+certain--his plans changed. There was suddenly a stillness. We waited.
+Then I ran to the window and looked upward into the great face.
+
+It had changed. A deep weariness and a bewilderment was upon it--as
+though Kazu had suddenly sickened of destruction and slaughter. His
+whispering was the roaring of winds as he said, "No--no. This is not the
+way--not Buddha's way. They must talk. They must understand each other.
+They must sit at tables and settle their differences, that is my
+mission."
+
+Kazu took five steps. Below us was an airfield.
+
+"Can you fly?" he asked us. Chamberlin had been an army pilot in the
+fifties. Kazu pushed the box up to a transport, an American DC8.
+
+"Go in this," he said quite clearly. "Go in this plane until you are in
+Washington. Tell America about me. Tell America I am coming--that I am
+bringing--_them_. Tell America there must be--peace."
+
+We scrambled out of the steel box, leaving the Russians in a miserable
+heap in one corner.
+
+He arose to his full height and carefully adjusted the cables around his
+neck. I noticed that his fingers fumbled awkwardly, and that he
+staggered slightly. Then he spoke once more.
+
+"I cannot cross Atlantic. Only route for Buddha is Siberia, Bering
+Straight, Alaska. But this not take long. You better hurry or I get to
+Washington first!"
+
+He turned on his heel and walked a few steps to the end of the runway.
+
+"Now get in plane. I give little help in takeoff!"
+
+We climbed into the familiar interior of the big American transport. A
+moment later it arose silently, vertically like an elevator. Chamberlin,
+in the pilot's seat, hurriedly started the engines. He leaned from a
+window and waved his arm, and we shot forward and upward. For a moment
+the plane wavered and dipped, taking all of Walt's ability to recover.
+Then with a powerful roar, the big DC8 zoomed over the flames of Moscow
+toward the west.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The flight to London and the Atlantic crossing seemed unreal.
+We lived beside the radio. War and revolt against the Soviets had broken
+out everywhere. With the directing power in the Kremlin gone, the
+top-heavy Soviet bureaucracy was paralyzed. The Yugoslavs marched into
+the Ukraine, Chinese armies occupied Irkutsk and were pressing across
+Siberia. Internal revolution broke out at a hundred points once it was
+learned that Moscow was no more.
+
+Eagerly we listened to every report for word of Kazu. At first there was
+nothing, and then a Chinese plane reported seeing him crossing the Ob
+River, near the Arctic Circle. They said that he carried a box in his
+hand and appeared to be talking to it. Then news from the tiny river
+settlement of Zhigansk on the Lena that he had passed, but that he
+limped and staggered as he climbed the mountains beyond.
+
+After that, silence.
+
+Planes swarmed over eastern Siberia, the Arctic Coast and Alaska, but
+found nothing. Five hundred tons of C ration were rushed to Fairbanks,
+and tons of medical supplies for burns and possible illness were
+readied, but no patient appeared. At first we were hopeful, knowing
+Kazu's powers. Perhaps he had lost his way, without Baker and the maps,
+but surely he could not vanish. As the days passed Baker became more
+worried.
+
+"It's the radiation," he explained. "He took the full dose of gamma rays
+right in his back. He might go on for days, and then suddenly keel over.
+He's had a bad burn outside, but it's nothing to what it did to him
+internally."
+
+So the days passed, and so gradually hope died. And then, at last, there
+was news. It came, belatedly, from an eskimo hunter on the Pribolof
+Islands, in Bering Sea. He reported that a great sea god had come out of
+the waters, so tall that his head vanished into the clouds. But, he was
+a sick god, for he could hardly stand, and soon crawled on his hands.
+Around his neck, said the eskimo, he carried a charm, and he spoke words
+to this in a strange tongue. And the charm answered him in the same
+tongue, and with the voice of a man. And the two spoke to each other for
+a time and then the great one arose and walked off of the island and
+into the fog and the ocean.
+
+Questioned, the man was somewhat vague as to the exact direction taken,
+although it seemed clear that Kazu had headed south. When Baker examined
+his chart of Bering Sea, he found that the ocean to the north and west,
+towards Siberia, was shallow--less than five hundred feet. But the
+Pribolofs stood on the edge of a great deep. Only twenty miles south of
+the islands, the ocean floor dropped off to more than ten thousand feet,
+for three hundred miles of icy fog shrouded ocean, before the bleak
+Aleutians arose out of the mists. This desolate area was searched for
+months by ships and planes, but no trace ever appeared from the treacherous
+currents of the stormy sea. Kazu had vanished.
+
+So here ended the story of Kazu Takahashi, who was born in the days of
+the first bomb, and who died by the last ever to sear the world. He was
+believed by millions to be the incarnation of the Lord Buddha, but to
+four men he was known not as a god but as a great and good man.
+
+
+ THE END
+
+
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ Transcriber Notes:
+
+ This etext was produced from IF Worlds of Science Fiction November 1952.
+ Extensive research did not uncover any evidence that the U.S. copyright
+ on this publication was renewed.
+
+ Obvious punctuation errors have been corrected.
+
+ Corrections made:
+
+ page 6
+ original: wind, and its damned serious."
+ replacement: wind, and it's damned serious."
+
+ page 16
+ original: first fence, and affair of steel posts
+ replacement: first fence, an affair of steel posts
+
+ page 31
+ original: When Baker as only part-way
+ replacement: When Baker was only part-way
+
+ page 34
+ original: handfulls of the unseasoned stuff,
+ replacement: handfuls of the unseasoned stuff,
+
+ Unchanged:
+
+ page 16
+ sculping a king sized Buddha after
+ sculping is an old useage of the word
+
+ page 55
+ Straight, Alaska. But this not
+ Straight is an old useage of the word
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Image and the Likeness, by John Scott Campbell
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE IMAGE AND THE LIKENESS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37145.txt or 37145.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/1/4/37145/
+
+Produced by Greg Weeks, Dianna Adair and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/37145.zip b/37145.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..445c967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37145.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9d10d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #37145 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/37145)